Owner's Manual for NISSAN models including: 2021 Rogue Sport Car
2021 Nissan Rogue Sport owner manual | OwnerManual.co
Index of /wp-content/uploads/2022/05/
File Info : application/pdf, 516 Pages, 2.29MB
DocumentDocument2021 ROGUE SPORT
OWNER'S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
WARNING
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca. gov/passenger-vehicle.
Foreword
This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle. Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your state's lemon law.
In addition to factory installed options, your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recommended you see a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us.
READ FIRST -- THEN DRIVE SAFELY
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner's Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS!
Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers!
. NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.
. ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in the rear seat.
. ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle
safety features to all occupants of the vehicle.
. ALWAYS review this Owner's Manual for important safety information.
On-pavement and off-road driving
This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity. As with other vehicles with features of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident. Be sure to read "Avoiding collision and rollover" and "Driving safety precautions" in the "5. Starting and driving" section of this manual.
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties.
WARNING
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause interference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically approved by NISSAN. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by any aftermarket plug-in device.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model. Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model, trim level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore, you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications, performance, design or component suppliers without notice and without obligation. From time to time, NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up-todate information regarding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner's Manual, contact
NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner's Manual for contact information.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL
You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways:
WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.
CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully.
SIC0697
If you see the symbol above, it means "Do not do this" or "Do not let this happen".
If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action.
those above call attention to an item in the illustration.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material. The following advisory is provided: "Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca. gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate."
© 2020 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner's Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll-free number:
For U.S. customers 1-800-NISSAN-1 (1-800-647-7261)
For Canadian customers 1-800-387-0122
The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:
. Your name, address, and telephone number
. Vehicle identification number (attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver's side)
You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
For U.S. customers Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003 or via e-mail at: nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. com
For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada.com
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
. Date of purchase . Current odometer reading . Your NISSAN dealer's name . Your comments or questions OR
Table of Contents
Illustrated table of contents
0
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1
Instruments and controls
2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
4
Starting and driving
5
In case of emergency
6
Appearance and care
7
Do-it-yourself
8
Maintenance and schedules
9
Technical and consumer information
10
Index
11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..................................................................................... 0-2 Exterior front .................................................................................... 0-3 Exterior rear ...................................................................................... 0-4 Passenger compartment ....................................................... 0-5 Cockpit .................................................................................................. 0-6
Instrument panel ......................................................................... 0-7 Meters and gauges .................................................................... 0-8 Engine compartment ............................................................... 0-9
MR20DD engine model .................................................. 0-9 Warning and indicator lights ........................................... 0-10
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
-- Child restraints (P.1-21)
11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-24)
12. Child restraint anchor point (for top tether strap) (P.1-37)
13. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.1-42)
1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-42)
2. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) (P.1-42)
3. Seat belts (P.1-12)
4. Head restraints (P.1-8)
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-42)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
WAA0116X
6. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags (P.1-42)
7. Front seats (P.1-4) 8. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
mental air bags (P.1-42) 9. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-60) 10. Rear seats (P.1-7)
EXTERIOR FRONT
-- Flat tire (P.6-3) -- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-5) 11. Outside mirrors (P.3-33) 12. Side view camera* (P.4-10) 13. Doors -- Keys (P.3-2) -- Door locks (P.3-5) -- Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11) -- Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7) -- Security system (P.2-45) -- Remote engine start* (P.3-23) *: if so equipped
1. Hood (P.3-25) 2. Windshield wiper and washer
-- Switch operation (P.2-48) -- Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 3. Front camera* (P.2-43, P.5-35, P.5-40, P.5-64, P.5-97) 4. Moonroof* (P.2-78)
WAA0115X
5. Power windows (P.2-76) 6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-58) 7. Front view camera* (P.4-10) 8. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-52) 9. Fog lights* (P.2-59) 10. Tires
-- Wheels and tires (P.8-29, P.10-7)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
EXTERIOR REAR
8. Rear combination light (P.8-25) 9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-28)
-- Fuel information (P.10-3) 10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7) *: if so equipped
1. Rear window defroster (P.2-51) 2. Rear window wiper and washer
-- Switch operation (P.2-50) -- Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25) 4. Antenna (P.4-34) 5. Roof rack* (P.2-75)
0-4 Illustrated table of contents
WAA0053X
6. Rear sonar -- Rear Sonar System (RSS) (P.5-136) -- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-116)
7. Liftgate (P.3-26) -- Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11) -- Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7) -- Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-10)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
1. Inside mirror (P.3-32) -- HomeLink® Universal Transceiver* (P.2-83)
2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-72) 3. Map lights (P.2-81)
-- Microphone** 4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-78)
-- Power door lock switch (P.3-6) -- Outside rearview mirror remote control switch (driver's side) (P.3-33) 10. Front cup holders (P.2-69) 11. Heated seat switch* (P.2-60) 12. Console box (P.2-71) -- Power outlet (P.2-65) -- USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector (P.2-66) 13. Cargo area -- Storage* (P.2-69) -- Luggage hooks (P.2-73) -- Parcel shelf* (P.2-73) -- Spare tire* (P.6-3) -- Emergency tire puncture repair kit* (P.6-3) -- Cargo light (P.2-83)
*: if so equipped
**: Refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual (if so equipped).
JVC1067X
5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.2-67) 6. Sun visors (P.3-31) 7. Room light (P.2-82) 8. Rear armrest* (P.1-8)
-- Rear cup holders (P.2-69) 9. Door armrest
-- Power window switch (P.2-76)
Illustrated table of contents 0-5
COCKPIT
1. Instrument brightness control (P.2-9) 2. TRIP RESET switch (P.2-6) 3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-52)/
Fog light switch* (P.2-59) 4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side) -- Audio control**
0-6 Illustrated table of contents
WAA0118X
-- Vehicle information display control (P.2-20) 5. Steering wheel (P.3-30) -- Horn (P.2-59) 6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-48) 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
-- Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (P.5-40)
-- Cruise control switches* (P.5-62)
-- ProPILOT assist* (P.5-64) -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System**
-- Voice Recognition system switch** -- Siri® Eyes Free**
9. Shift lever
-- Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) (P.5-20)
-- Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-25)
10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P.2-62)
11. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-59)
12. Parking brake (Pedal type) (P.5-27) 13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* (P.2-63)
14. Steering assist switch* (models with ProPILOT assist) (P.2-62, P.5-64) or Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) (P.2-61, P.5-40)
15. SPORT mode switch* (P.5-32)
16. ECO switch (P.5-32)
17. Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-14)
18. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system) (P.5-12)
19. Parking brake (Switch type) (P.5-27)
20. Automatic brake hold switch* (P.5-29) *: if so equipped
**: See the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual (if so equipped).
INSTRUMENT PANEL
9. Steering wheel lock lever (P.3-30) 10. Driver's front-impact air bag (P.1-42)/Horn
(P.2-59)
11. Driver supplemental knee air bag (P.1-42) 12. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-26) 13. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection
port**
14. Power outlet (P.2-65) 15. Defroster switch (P.2-51) 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air
bag (P.1-42)
17. Glove box (P.2-71) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-
er's Manual (if so equipped).
1. Side ventilator (P.4-25) 2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-42) 3. Center ventilator (P.4-25) 4. Audio system** or navigation system**
-- RearView Monitor* (P.4-2) -- Intelligent Around View® Monitor* (P.4-10)
WAA0119X
-- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System** 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-42) 6. Fuse box cover (P.8-20) 7. Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-28) 8. Hood release handle (P.3-25)
Illustrated table of contents 0-7
METERS AND GAUGES
1. Tachometer (P.2-7) 2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10) 3. Vehicle information display (P.2-19)
-- Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6) 4. Speedometer (P.2-6) 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)
0-8 Illustrated table of contents
JVC0581X
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
MR20DD ENGINE MODEL
1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-5) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6) 3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-9) 4. Air cleaner (P.8-15) 5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-10) 6. Drive belt (P.8-13)
WAA0211X
7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6) 8. Battery (P.8-11) 9. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-18) *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
Illustrated table of contents 0-9
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Red light
Name
Brake warning light
Page 2-11
Charge warning light
2-12
Electronic parking brake
indicator light (if so
2-12
equipped)
Master warning light
2-12
Seat belt warning light and chime
2-12
Security indicator light
2-13
Supplemental air bag
2-13
warning light
Yellow light
Name
Page
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator light (if so
2-13
equipped)
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
2-13
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system warning light
Electric power steering warning light
Electronic parking brake warning light (if so equipped)
Low tire pressure warning light
Master warning light
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
2-14 2-14
2-14
2-14 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17 2-17
Other light
Name
Page
Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) (if so equipped)
Automatic brake hold indicator light (white) (if so equipped)
Exterior light indicator
2-17 2-17 2-18
Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) High beam assist indicator light
High beam indicator light
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18
0-10 Illustrated table of contents
1 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Seats ....................................................................................................... 1-3 Front seats .................................................................................. 1-4 Rear seats .................................................................................... 1-7 Armrest (if so equipped) ................................................... 1-8
Head restraints/headrests .................................................... 1-8 Adjustable head restraint/headrest components ................................ 1-9 Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components ................................ 1-9 Remove ....................................................................................... 1-10 Install ............................................................................................. 1-10 Adjust ............................................................................................ 1-10
Seat belts ......................................................................................... 1-12 Precautions on seat belt usage .............................. 1-12 Seat belt warning light and chime ....................... 1-14 Pregnant women ................................................................ 1-15 Injured persons ..................................................................... 1-15 Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-15 Seat belt extenders ........................................................... 1-18 Seat belt maintenance ................................................... 1-18
Child safety ..................................................................................... 1-19 Infants .......................................................................................... 1-19 Small children ........................................................................ 1-20 Larger children ...................................................................... 1-20
Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-21
Precautions on child restraints ............................. 1-22
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system .................................................................. 1-24
Rear-facing child restraint installation using LATCH ......................................................................... 1-26
Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ....................................................................... 1-28
Forward-facing child restraint installation using LATCH ......................................................................... 1-31
Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ........................................................ 1-34
Booster seats ....................................................................... 1-38
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..................... 1-42
Precautions on SRS ........................................................ 1-42
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) ........................................................................... 1-48
Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag .......................................................................... 1-57
Front and rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roofmounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems .............................. 1-59
Seat belts with pretensioners (front and rear outboard seats) ...................................................... 1-60
Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-61 Supplemental air bag warning light .................... 1-62
Repair and replacement procedure .................. 1-63
SEATS
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit
SSS0133
well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly. See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.1-12).
. After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked.
. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Do not adjust the driver's seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle.
. The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/ or damage.
FRONT SEATS
Front manual seat adjustment
Forward and backward: 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Slide the seat to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the
seat in position.
Reclining: 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Tilt the seatback to the desired posi-
tion. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the
seatback in position.
1-4 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0332X
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See "Seat belts" (P.1-12).)
The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
Front power seat adjustment
Operating tips: . The power seat motor has an auto-
reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate the switch. . To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running. See "Memory Seat" (P.3-34).
JVR0333X
Seat lifter (if so equipped): Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
Forward and backward: Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position.
Reclining: Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See "Seat belts" (P.1-12).) The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
1-6 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0334X
JVR0119X
Seat lifter (if so equipped): Move the switch as shown to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved.
SSS1053
Lumbar support (if so equipped): The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver. Push the switch as shown to adjust the seat lumbar area until the desired position is achieved.
JVR0467X
REAR SEATS
Folding
1. Pull up the lever and fold the seatback flat.
2. To return the seats to a seating position, push up on the seatback until it latches in place.
straints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop.
. Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any cargo is on the rear seats.
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks.
. When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.
WARNING
. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper reSafety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
JVR0327X Rear seats
ARMREST (if so equipped)
Pull the armrest down as shown.
WARNING
Head restraint/headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head restraint/headrest. Do not use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the head restraint/ headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint/ headrest. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.
1-8 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0530X
The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraint/headrest.
Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint.
Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest.
+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest.
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
. Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment
position.
. The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.
. Proper Adjustment:
-- For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest.
-- If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.
. If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS0992
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ HEADREST COMPONENTS
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Multiple notches 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks
JVR0203X
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Single notch 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
SSS1037
REMOVE
Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint/headrest.
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.
SSS1038
INSTALL
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint/headrest is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the adjustment notch must be installed in the hole with the lock knob .
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.
SSS0997
ADJUST
For adjustable head restraint/headrest
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.
1-10 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0259X
For non-adjustable head restraint/ headrest
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS0993
Raise
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up. Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS0994
Lower
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.
1-12 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0136 SSS0134
SSS0016 SSS0014
WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child restraint.
. The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.
. Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.
. Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident.
. Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle.
. Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness.
. Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.
. Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.
. If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated, it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
. All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's inspection instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged.
JVR0575X
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND CHIME
The driver and front passenger seats are equipped with an enhanced seat belt reminder function. If your vehicle is equipped with an enhanced seat belt reminder function, a visual and audible alert will operate if a driver or front passenger seat belt is unbuckled at speeds of approximately 10 MPH (15 km/h) or more under the following conditions:
. If the driver seat belt is not fastened. . The front passenger's seat belt is not
fastened and the seat is occupied by a passenger for 7 seconds after the
1-14 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
. The front passenger's seat belt is not fastened and objects or external force on the passenger seat change the seat belt reminder classification to "occupied".
The seat belt warning light will flash under the conditions shown above until the necessary seat belt is securely fastened.
A warning chime will sound for approximately 95 seconds or until one of the following conditions is met:
. The unbuckled front passenger's seat belt is securely fastened.
. The seat belt reminder function in the front passenger seat no longer detects that the front passenger seat is occupied.
. The ignition switch is turned off.
The below situations could result in the seat belt warning light being illuminated and the chime sounding, even with no occupant present in the passenger seat:
. Heavy objects placed on the seat.
. Someone pushing or pulling on the front passenger seat.
. An object placed under the front passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.
. An object hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket (If so equipped).
. A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
PREGNANT WOMEN
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.
INJURED PERSONS
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR
WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint.
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.
becomes wrapped around a child's neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.
Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. (See "Seats" (P.1-3).)
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.
. Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
JVR0572X
JVR0573X
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.
. The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat.
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack . Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest.
The three-point seat belts in the front passenger seat and the rear seating positions have two modes of operation:
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat.
1-16 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see "Child restraints" (P.1-21).
The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.
WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.
. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.
JVR0574X
Unfastening the seat belts
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the buckle . The seat belt automatically retracts.
Checking seat belt operation
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods:
. When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor.
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly. To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows:
SSS0351A
Shoulder belt height adjustment (for front seats)
The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. (See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.112).)
To adjust, pull the adjustment button , and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position , so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.
The range of height adjustment of the Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
shoulder belt may vary depending on the model.
WARNING
WARNING
. After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident.
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required.
. It is recommended that only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, be used with NISSAN seat belts.
. Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.
. Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop.
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry.
1-18 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
. Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.
CHILD SAFETY
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child's neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.
Children need adults to help protect them.
They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child.
There are three basic types of child restraint systems:
. Rear-facing child restraint . Forward-facing child restraint . Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child's size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint.
WARNING
Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle's seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child restraints.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. See "Child restraints" (P.1-21).
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat belt. See "Child restraints" (P.1-21) for more information.
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.
This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (Air bag system) for the front passenger. See "Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)" (P.1-42).
INFANTS
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
SMALL CHILDREN
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forwardfacing child restraint with a harness. Refer
obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.
to the manufacturer's instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recom-
A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit
mends that small children be placed in the vehicle seat and have a label certifychild restraints that comply with Federal ing that it complies with Federal Motor
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana- Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
. Are the child's back and hips against the vehicle seatback?
LARGER CHILDREN
. Is the child able to sit without slouch-
Children should remain in a forward-
ing?
facing child restraint with a harness until . Do the child's knees bend easily over
they reach the maximum height or
the front edge of the seat with feet flat
weight limit allowed by the child restraint
on the floor?
manufacturer.
. Can the child safely wear the seat belt
Once a child outgrows the height or
(lap belt low and snug across the hips
weight limit of the harness-equipped
and shoulder belt across mid-chest
forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN
and shoulder)?
recommends that the child be placed in
a commercially available booster seat to
1-20 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest?
. Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?
CHILD RESTRAINTS
seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision.
JVR0473X
If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt. NOTE: Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be
SSS0099
SSS0100
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
-- The child restraint must be used and installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
-- Infants and children should never be held on anyone's lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.
-- Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger.
-- NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear
seat than in the front seat. If you must install a forwardfacing child restraint in the front seat, see "Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts" (P.1-34).
-- Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat.
-- Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.
-- Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint
1-22 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
-- Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses.
-- A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat.
-- Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint.
-- Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle.
. When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbingmounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors.
For details, see "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system" (P.1-24).
If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes. When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child's height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.
. If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint (not both at the same time).
. If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint.
. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian
law requires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
CAUTION
Store the loose LATCH covers (for example, in the console box) where they will not get damaged to avoid losing them. (See "Console box" (P.271).)
LATCH lower anchor
JVR0555X
LATCH system anchor location
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
. Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration.
. Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors. The child restraint will not be secured properly.
1-24 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.
. Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
LATCH lower anchor location
The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only. Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center seating position using the LATCH lower anchors.
JVR0556X
LATCH lower anchor cover removal
The LATCH lower anchor points are located under covers labelled ISOFIX at the bottom of the rear outboard seat cushions. To access a LATCH lower anchor point, insert your finger into the cover and pull the cover off.
SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments
LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
SSS0644
LATCH rigid attachment
When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
Top tether anchor
WARNING
Properly secure cargo and do not allow it to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. If the parcel shelf (if so equipped) contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the parcel shelf from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the parcel shelf is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.
WAB0058X
Top tether anchor point locations
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a
1-26 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
collision.
Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks.
If a child restraint has a top tether strap, it must be used when installing with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
SSS0648
Rear-facing web-mounted -- step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.
SSS0649 Rear-facing rigid-mounted -- step 2
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
in all types of vehicles.
5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS
SSS0639
Rear-facing -- step 3
3. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.
SSS0650
Rear-facing -- step 4
4. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit
1-28 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision.
1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
SSS0100
Rear-facing -- step 1
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" (P.1-19) and "Child restraints" (P.1-21) before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats:
SSS0654 Rear-facing -- step 2
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for belt routing.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
SSS0655
Rear-facing -- step 3
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.
SSS0656
Rear-facing -- step 4
4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.
SSS0657
Rear-facing -- step 5
5. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.
1-30 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0658
Rear-facing -- step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to
each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
SSS0645
Forward-facing web-mounted -- step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See "Installing top tether strap" (P.1-33). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
child restraint.
SSS0646
Forward-facing rigid-mounted -- step 2
3. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment information.
If the seating position does not have a head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different
1-32 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0647
Forward-facing -- step 4
4. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.
5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.
SSS0638
Forward-facing -- step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
Installing top tether strap
WAB0058X
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
collision.
The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments.
First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seating positions only).
1. Remove the head restraint and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed.
See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.
2. Position the top tether strap as shown.
3. Secure the top tether strap to the tether anchor point as shown.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-50).
1-34 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) -- step 1
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front
passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.
SSS0360B
Forward-facing -- step 3
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). See "Installing top tether strap" (P.1-37). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.
SSS0651
Forward-facing -- step 4
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
SSS0652
Forward-facing -- step 5
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.
SSS0653
Forward-facing -- step 6
6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.
1-36 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0641
Forward-facing -- step 8
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If
the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.
SSS0676
WAB0058X
Forward-facing -- step 10
10. If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated, see "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-50). Move the child restraint to another seating position. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.
Installing top tether strap
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
collision.
BOOSTER SEATS
The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts.
Precautions on booster seats
WARNING
First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.
1. Remove the head restraint and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child
If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases:
restraint is removed.
See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.
2. Position the top tether strap as shown.
3. Secure the top tether strap to the tether anchor point as shown.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether
. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child's face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach.
. Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child's arm.
. A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.
strap.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213.
1-38 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.
LRS0453
. Make sure the child's head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child's ears. For example, if a low back booster seat is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child's ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child's ears, a high back booster seat should be used.
. If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.
LRS0464
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.
LRS0455
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
Booster seat installation
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety", "Child restraints" and "Booster seats" sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:
SSS0640
1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only place it in a forward-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
1-40 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
LRS0454
Front passenger position
3. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have a head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child's hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child's shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in "Seat belts" (P.1-12).
SSS0676
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-50).
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS
This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems:
. Driver and front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System)
. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag
front passenger in certain side impact collisions. The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the rear outboard seat passengers in certain side-impact collisions. The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
. Rear outboard seat-mounted side- Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
impact supplemental air bag
rollover supplemental air bag system:
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact This system can help cushion the impact
and rollover supplemental air bag
force to the heads of occupants in front
. Seat belt with pretensioner (front and and rear outboard seating positions in
rear outboard seats)
certain side impact or rollover collisions.
Supplemental front-impact air bag system: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions.
Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the driver's and front passenger's knees in certain collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and
In a side-impact, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time.
These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver, passenger and rear outboard seat belts and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu-
1-42 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. (See "Seat belts" (P.1-12) for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage.)
The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position.
After the ignition is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
WARNING
SSS0131 SSS0132
. The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag will not inflate if the front passenger air bag status light is lit. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-50).
. The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
against the seatback and as faraway as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts.
injured if the front air bag inflates.
. The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
. The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag OFF under some conditions. These sensors are only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-50).
. Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are
1-44 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0007 SSS0006
SSS0008 SSS0009
SSS0099
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See "Child restraints" (P.1-21) for details.
SSS0100
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
SSS0059A Do not lean against doors or windows.
SSS0188A
1-46 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0140 SSS0162
SSS0159
WARNING
Front and rear outboard seatmounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags:
. The side air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback of the front and rear seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations.
. When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be
properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. . Do not use seat covers on the front and rear seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
10. Front door pressure sensors (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)
11. Lap outer pretensioners
12. Seat belt with pretensioners (front seats)
13. Satellite sensors
14. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules
15. Seat belt with pretensioners (rear outboard seats)
NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)
WAB0046X
1. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags)
2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
3. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors)
4. Occupant classification system control unit
5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
mental air bag modules
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag modules
8. Crash zone sensor
9. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags
1-48 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the passenger's Advanced Air Bag system, please observe the following items.
. Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket.
. Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint or in the seatback pocket.
. Make sure nothing is pressing against the rear of the seatback, such as a child restraint installed in the rear seat or an object stored on the floor.
. Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.
. Make sure that there is no object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.
. Be sure that the front passenger seat does not contact the rear seat, instrument panel, etc., or the head restraint does not contact the roof.
. Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the front seat does contact the rear seat, the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash.
. If a forward facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instrument panel. If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel, the system may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air
bag and front passenger knee air bag may deploy in a collision. Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate. See "Child restraints" (P.1-21) for information about installing and using child restraints.
. Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light.
. If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as described in this section, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer to check the passenger seat Advanced Air Bag System.
. Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat Advanced Air Bag is working properly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions.
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors information from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensors are also monitored. Based on information from the sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions, depending on the information provided by the occupant
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
classification sensors. If the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag status light will be illuminated. (See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.150) for further details.) One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system.
If you have any questions about your air bag system, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer to obtain information about the system. If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner's Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, other than the driver's and front passen-
ger's knee air bags, do not provide restraint to the lower body.
Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the air bag module during inflation.
The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.
The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
After the ignition is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.
1-50 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0676 Front passenger air bag status light
Front passenger air bag and status light
WARNING
The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection. Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concern-
ing the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
Status light:
The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the instrument panel. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminate depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:
CONDITION
Empty Nobody/Somebody
Adult
DESCRIPTION
Empty front passenger seat Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Small Adult in front passenger seat Adult in the front passenger seat
PASSENGER AIR BAG INDICATOR LIGHT ( )
ON (illuminated)
ON (illuminated)
OFF (dark)
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND FRONT PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG
STATUS INHIBITED
INHIBITED
ACTIVATED
In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight.
For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system, please refer to "Normal operation" (P.1-54) and "Troubleshooting" (P.1-55) in this section.
1-52 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Front passenger air bag:
The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
The occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag
and front passenger knee air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensors to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.
NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant classification sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag OFF for specified child restraints. Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. (See "Child restraints" (P.1-21) for proper use and installation.)
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensors. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the front passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are automatically turned OFF.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating that the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are OFF), it could be that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the front passenger air bag status light
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the front passenger air bag status light is not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, it is recommended that you take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer can check the system status by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status. This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the meters and gauges area, will
illuminate. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Normal operation:
In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight, please follow the precautions and steps outlined below:
Precautions:
. Make sure that there are no objects weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
. Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. Make sure that a rear passenger is not pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.
. Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
. Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.
. Make sure that the front passenger seat head restraint does not contact the roof when adjusting the front passenger seat.
1-54 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Steps:
1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See "Seats" (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably extended to the floor.
2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.
3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See "Seat belts" (P.1-12).) Front passenger seat belt buckle status is monitored by the occupant classification system, and is used as an input to determine occupancy status. So, it is highly recommended that the front passenger fasten their seat belt.
4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds allowing the system to classify the front passenger before the vehicle is put into motion.
5. Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light.
NOTE:
This vehicle's occupant classification sensor system locks the classification during driving so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving. Also, the occupant classification sensor system may recalculate the weight of the
occupant under some conditions (both while driving and when stopped), so the front passenger seat occupant should continue to remain seated as outlined above.
Troubleshooting:
If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect:
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat:
. Occupant is a small adult -- the front passenger air bag status light is functioning as intended. The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are suppressed.
However, if the occupant is not a small adult, then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:
. Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.
. A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
. An object placed under the front passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.
If the light is still ON after this, the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and it is recommended that the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.
2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child or child restraint occupying the front passenger seat.
This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:
. Small adult or child is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.
. The child restraint is not properly installed, as outlined. (See "Child restraints" (P.1-21).)
. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
. A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
. An object placed under the front passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat cushion and center console.
. The front passenger seat head restraint contacting the roof.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.
If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult, child or child restraint should be
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
repositioned in the rear seat and it is recommended that the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.
3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat, the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions
WARNING
. Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.
. Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat. Also, do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat. Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors (weight sensors). This can affect the op-
eration of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.
. Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel
1-56 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system.
. Removing or modifying the front passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensors.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag
system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the front air bag. It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system.
. A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
WAB0047X
WAB0048X
Driver's side
DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG
The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster, on the driver's and passenger's sides. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The knee air bag is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain collisions.
Passenger's side
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper knee air bag operation.
When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
The knee air bag helps to cushion the impact force on the knees of the driver and passenger. It can help reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57
The knee air bag provides restraint to the lower body.
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the knee air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, this air bag module during inflation. The knee air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for a short time.
The knee air bag operates only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
After placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.
WARNING
. Do not place any objects between the knee bolster and the driver's or passenger's seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates.
. Right after inflation, the knee air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the knee air bag system. This is to preventdamageto or accidental inflation of the knee air bag system.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system or suspension system. This could affect proper operation of the knee air bag system.
. Tampering with the knee air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the driver or passenger knee bolster or install additional trim material around the knee air bag.
. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the knee air bag. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The SRS wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equip-
1-58 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
ment and probing devices should not be used on the knee air bag system.
*The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the knee air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this manual.
WAB0049X
FRONT AND REAR OUTBOARD SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOFMOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS
The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front and rear seats. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions.
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation.
When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front and rear outboard occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating side air bag or
curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver, front passenger and rear outboard occupants seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over. The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time.
The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
After placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59
WARNING
. Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front and rear seats. Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front and rear door finishers and the front and rear seats. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates.
. Right after inflation, several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.
. Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front and rear seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bag.
. Removing or modifying the front and rear passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the side air bag and curtain air bag. It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that 1-60 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS (front and rear outboard seats)
WARNING
. The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if necessary, repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners. Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the pretensioner system.
It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system.
. If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front and rear outboard seat occupants.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor. These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner activates, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not
to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in
the pretensioner system. See "Supplemental air bag warning light" (P.1-62). If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
SSS1020
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS
Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
SRS air bag
The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors.
WARNING
Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it. If the air bag
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61
deploys, it may cause serious injury or death.
. The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the air bag and/ or pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
SPA1097
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT
The supplemental air bag warning light,
displaying
in the instrument panel,
monitors the circuits for the air bag
systems, pretensioners and all related
wiring.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems need servicing:
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, knee air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
1-62 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
The front air bags, knee air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one-timeonly basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred. These systems should be repaired and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, knee air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.
WARNING
. Once a front air bag, knee air bag, side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Additionally, the activated pretensioners must also be replaced. The air bag module
and pretensioner should be replaced. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. However, the air bag modules and pretensioner system cannot be repaired.
if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact. Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.
. The front air bag, knee air bag, side air bag and curtain air bag systems, and pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
. If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction, your Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) should be checked to verify it is still functioning correctly. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. The OCS should be checked even
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63
MEMO 1-64 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit .................................................................................................. 2-3 Instrument panel .......................................................................... 2-4 Meters and gauges ..................................................................... 2-5
Speedometer and odometer ........................................ 2-6 Tachometer ................................................................................ 2-7 Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-7 Fuel gauge ................................................................................... 2-8 Instrument brightness control .................................... 2-9 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator (if so equipped) ........................... 2-9 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ..................................................................... 2-10 Checking lights ..................................................................... 2-11 Warning/indicator lights (red) ................................... 2-11 Warning/indicator lights (yellow) ........................... 2-13 Warning/indicator lights (other) ............................. 2-17 Audible reminders .............................................................. 2-18 Vehicle information display ............................................... 2-19 How to use the vehicle information display ........................................................... 2-20 Startup display ...................................................................... 2-20 Settings ....................................................................................... 2-21 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators ........................................................................ 2-31 Trip computer ........................................................................ 2-40
Clock and outside air temperature ................... 2-42 Traffic Sign Recognition (if so equipped) ...... 2-43 Security systems ....................................................................... 2-45 Vehicle Security System .............................................. 2-45 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ................. 2-47 Wiper and washer switch ................................................... 2-48 Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-49 Rear window wiper and washer switch ................. 2-50 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ......................................................................... 2-51 Headlight and turn signal switch ................................ 2-52 Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-52 Turn signal switch ........................................................... 2-58 Fog light switch (if so equipped) ......................... 2-59 Horn ..................................................................................................... 2-59 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .................. 2-59 Heated seats (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-60 Dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist) ............................... 2-61 Steering assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) ......................................................................... 2-62 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ........... 2-62 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-63 Rear door alert ............................................................................ 2-63 ECO mode switch ..................................................................... 2-64
Power outlet .................................................................................. 2-65 USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector .......................................................... 2-66
Emergency Call (SOS) button (if so equipped) .................................................................................. 2-67
Emergency support .......................................................... 2-67 Storage .............................................................................................. 2-69
Cup holders ............................................................................. 2-69 Soft bottle holders ............................................................. 2-70 Flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) ......... 2-70 Glove box ................................................................................... 2-71 Console box ............................................................................. 2-71 Sunglasses holder .............................................................. 2-72 Card holder (driver's side) ............................................ 2-72 Luggage hooks ..................................................................... 2-73 Parcel shelf (if so equipped) ....................................... 2-73 Roof rack (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-75 Windows ............................................................................................ 2-76 Power windows .................................................................... 2-76 Moonroof (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-78 Power moonroof ................................................................. 2-78
Interior lights .............................................................................. 2-80 Interior light switch ........................................................ 2-81 Console light (if so equipped)................................. 2-81 Map lights ............................................................................... 2-81 Room light ............................................................................ 2-82 Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) .................... 2-82 Cargo light ............................................................................. 2-83
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) ................................................................................. 2-83
Programming HomeLink® ......................................... 2-84 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers ................................. 2-85 Operating the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .................................................... 2-85 Programming troubleshooting ............................. 2-86 Clearing the programmed information .......... 2-86 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button ........................................................... 2-86 If your vehicle is stolen ................................................ 2-86
COCKPIT
1. Instrument brightness control
2. TRIP RESET switch 3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light
switch*
4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
-- Audio control**
WAA0118X
-- Vehicle information display control 5. Steering wheel
-- Horn 6. Wiper and washer switch 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right
side)
-- Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) -- Cruise control switches* -- ProPILOT assist* -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System** -- Voice Recognition system switch** -- Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Shift lever -- Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) -- Manual Transmission (MT) 10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch 11. Heated steering wheel switch* 12. Parking brake (Pedal type) 13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* 14. Steering assist switch* (models with ProPILOT assist) or Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) 15. SPORT mode switch* 16. ECO switch 17. Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) 18. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system) 19. Parking brake (Switch type) 20. Automatic brake hold switch* *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual (if so equipped).
Instruments and controls 2-3
INSTRUMENT PANEL
11. Driver supplemental knee air bag 12. Heater/air conditioner control 13. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection
port**
14. Power outlet 15. Defroster switch 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air
bag
17. Glove box *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-
er's Manual (if so equipped).
1. Side ventilator 2. Meters and gauges/Clock 3. Center ventilator 4. Audio system** or navigation system**
-- RearView Monitor* -- Intelligent Around View® Monitor* -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-
2-4 Instruments and controls
WAA0119X
tem** 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag 6. Fuse box cover 7. Fuel-filler door release handle 8. Hood release handle 9. Steering wheel lock lever 10. Driver's front-impact air bag /Horn
METERS AND GAUGES
CAUTION
. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.
1. Tachometer 2. Warning/indicator lights 3. Vehicle information display
-- Odometer/twin trip odometer 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge
JVC0581X
The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.
Instruments and controls 2-5
JVI1006X Speedometer
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour (km/h).
2-6 Instruments and controls
JVI1603X
Distance to empty (dte -- km or mile)/Odometer
Distance to empty (dte -- km or mile): The distance to empty (dte) provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling. The dte is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The dte mode includes a low range warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is displayed on the screen.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte display will change to "------".
. If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is placed in the "OFF" position may continue to be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display.
Odometer/Twin trip odometer:
After the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position from ON position, the distance to empty and odometer/ twin trip odometer stays on for 30 seconds. With the ignition switch in OFF position, when you open any door then close all doors, the odometer/twin trip odometer stays on for 30 seconds.
The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The odometer displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer displays the distance of individual trips.
Changing display:
Push the TRIP RESET switch (located on the instrument panel) to change the display as follows:
ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? ODO
Resetting twin trip odometer:
Push the TRIP RESET switch for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero.
JVI0951X
TACHOMETER
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the engine into the red zone .
CAUTION
When engine speed approaches the red zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage.
JVI0820X
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature.
The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration.
The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.
Instruments and controls 2-7
CAUTION
. If the gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature is near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature.
. If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine idle.
. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. (See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-16) for immediate action required.)
2-8 Instruments and controls
Refuel before the gauge reads the empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) position.
JVI0640X
FUEL GAUGE
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, accelerating, or going up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank.
The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0 (empty).
The arrow, , indicates the location of the fuel-filler door.
CAUTION
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the malfunction indicator light
(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the light should turn off. If the light remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. For additional information, see "Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)" (P.2-16).
JVI0644X
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode.
Push the + side of the switch to brighten the meter panel lights. The bar
moves to the + side.
Push the - side of the switch to dim the lights. The bar moves to the - side.
The vehicle information display returns to the normal display when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds.
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR (if so equipped)
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator indicates the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
JVI0661M
Instruments and controls 2-9
WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Warning indicator light (red)
Brake warning light
Charge warning light Electronic parking brake indicator light (if so equipped) Master warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light Supplemental air bag warning light
Warning indicator light (yellow) All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light (if so equipped)
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
Warning indicator light (other) Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) (if so equipped) Automatic brake hold indicator light (white) (if so equipped)
Exterior light indicator
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system warning light
Electric power steering warning light
Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped)
High beam assist indicator light
Electronic parking brake warning light (if so equipped)
High beam indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Low tire pressure warning light
Master warning light
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
2-10 Instruments and controls
CHECKING LIGHTS
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:
,,
or
(red), PARK or ,
,
The following lights (if so equipped) come on briefly and then go off:
,,,,, or (red).
or , ,
If any light does not come on or operates in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. It is recommended you have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red)
See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
or
Brake warning light
This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems.
Parking brake indicator (models not equipped with electronic parking brake system):
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the light illuminates when the parking brake is applied.
Low brake fluid warning light:
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the brake warning light illuminates, and then turns off (models equipped with electronic parking brake system). If the light illuminates while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following:
1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is necessary, add fluid and have the system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed by a NISSAN dealer. (See "Brake and clutch fluid" (P.8-9).)
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed by a NISSAN dealer.
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning indicator:
When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See "Antilock Braking System (ABS) warning light" (P.2-13).)
WARNING
. Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on. Driving could be dangerous. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous.
. Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and/or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.
Instruments and controls 2-11
. If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Charge warning light
If the light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly. Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or if the light remains on, have your vehicle serviced immediately. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing.
2-12 Instruments and controls
or
Electronic parking
brake indicator light (if so
equipped)
The electronic parking brake indicator light indicates that the electronic parking brake system is operating.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the electronic parking brake indicator light illuminates. When the engine is started and the parking brake is released, the warning light turns off.
If the parking brake is not fully released, the electronic parking brake indicator light remains on. Be sure that the electronic parking brake indicator light has turned off before driving. (See "Parking brake" (P.5-27).)
If the electronic parking brake indicator
light illuminates or flashes while the
electronic parking brake warning light
or
(yellow) illuminates, it may
indicate that the electronic parking brake
system is not functioning properly. Have
the system checked, and if necessary
repaired. It is recommended you visit a
NISSAN dealer for this service.
Master warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the master warning light illuminates if a warning message appears in the vehicle information display.
See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
Seat belt warning light and chime
The light and chime remind you to fasten the driver and front passenger seat belts.
The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, and will remain illuminated until the front seat belts are fastened.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h), the light will blink unless the front seat belts are securely fastened.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver's seat belt is securely fastened.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h), the chime will sound unless the front seat belts are securely fastened. The chime will continue to sound for about 95 seconds until the front seat belts are fastened.
For additional information, refer to "Seat
belt warning light and chime" (P.1-14).
Security indicator light
The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position. This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational.
If the security system is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position. For additional information, see "Security systems" (P.245).
Supplemental air bag warning light
After placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position, the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag, curtain air bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing.
. The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does not illuminate at all.
It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may not function properly.
For additional information, see "Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)" (P.1-42).
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (yellow)
See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light (if so equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light illuminates and then turns off. When selecting LOCK mode while the engine is running, the LOCK indicator light illuminates. (See "Intelligent 4x4" (P.5-123).)
CAUTION
Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode.
or
Anti-lock Braking Sys-
tem (ABS) warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while
Instruments and controls 2-13
the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. If an ABS malfunction occurs, the antilock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See "Brake system" (P.5-129).)
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the AEB system warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the warning light turns off. This light illuminates when the AEB with pedestrian detection system is set to OFF on the vehicle information display. If the light illuminates when the AEB with pedestrian detection system is ON, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. See "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system" (P.597) or "Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)" (P.5-107).
2-14 Instruments and controls
Electric power steering warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the electric power steering warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the electric power steering warning light turns off. This indicates the electric power steering is operational.
If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the electric power steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist to the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.
(See "Electric power steering" (P.5-128).)
or
Electronic parking
brake warning light (if so equipped)
The electronic parking brake warning light functions for the electronic parking brake system. If the warning light illuminates, it may indicate that the electronic parking brake system is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and, if necessary, repaired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Low tire pressure warning light
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare tire (if so equipped).
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.
Low tire pressure warning:
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning also appears in the vehicle information display.
When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.
The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
For additional information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.6-3).
TPMS malfunction:
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. The "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning does not appear if the
low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, see "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5).
WARNING
. If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON position, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service as soon as possible.
. If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low
tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire (if so equipped) or repair it using the emergency tire puncture repair kit (if so equipped) as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, it is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer.
. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
Instruments and controls 2-15
CAUTION
. The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly.
. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.
. Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly.
Master warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the master warning light illuminates if a warning message appears in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
2-16 Instruments and controls
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate a potential emission control and/or Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) malfunction.
The malfunction indicator light may also illuminate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.
After a few driving trips, the
light
should turn off if no other potential
emission control system malfunction ex-
ists.
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection/ maintenance test. (See "Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test" (P.1019).)
Operation:
The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways:
. Malfunction indicator light on steady -- An emission control system and/or CVT malfunction has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle. The light should turn off after a few driving trips. If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer.
. Malfunction indicator light blinking -- An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system.
To reduce or avoid emission control system damage:
1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH (72 km/h).
2) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
3) Avoid steep uphill grades.
4) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed.
The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on.
Have the vehicle inspected. It is re-
commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer.
CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system and/or CVT system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and possible damage to the emission control system.
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light
This light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the engine is started. This light illuminates when the RAB system is turned off in the vehicle information display. If the light illuminates when the RAB system is on, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. For additional information, see "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.5-116).
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light illuminates and then turns off.
The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This indicates that the VDC system and traction control system are not operating.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illuminates and then turns off.
The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the traction control system is operating, thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road surface may be slippery.
If the VDC warning light illuminates while the VDC system is on, this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system's fail-safe mode is operating, for example the VDC system may not be functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For additional information, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5131) of this manual.
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (other)
See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) (if so equipped)
The automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates while the automatic brake hold system is operating. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.5-29).)
Automatic brake hold indicator light (white) (if so equipped)
The automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminates when the automatic brake hold system is on standby. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.5-29).)
Instruments and controls 2-17
Exterior light indicator
This indicator illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO, or
position and the front parking lights, rear combination lights, license plate lights or headlights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off.
Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped)
The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. (See "Fog light switch" (P.2-59).)
High beam assist indicator light
This indicator light illuminates when the headlights come on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position or position (Type B) with the high beam selected. This indicates that the high beam assist system is operational. (See "High beam assist" (P.2-55).)
High beam indicator light
This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected.
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Door lock warning chime
Models with Intelligent Key system:
When the chime sounds, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. (See "Troubleshooting guide" (P.3-17).)
Models without Intelligent Key system:
A chime sounds if the driver's side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position. Be sure to remove the key and carry it with you when you leave the vehicle.
Light reminder chime
The light reminder chime will sound when
the driver side door is opened with the
headlight switch in the
or
posi-
tion, and the ignition switch is in the ACC,
OFF or LOCK position.
Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so equipped) or the AUTO position when you leave the vehicle.
Driving aid chimes (if so equipped)
An audible alert/chime may be heard if any of the following systems are active:
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection
. Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)
. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . ProPILOT Assist . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Rear Sonar System (RSS) For additional information, refer to the "Starting and driving" section of this manual.
2-18 Instruments and controls
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
NISSAN Intelligent Key® door buzzer (if so equipped)
The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found.
. The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors.
. The Intelligent Key is left outside the vehicle when operating the vehicle.
When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. For additional information, refer to "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-11).
Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.
Parking brake reminder chime
The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models not equipped with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models equipped with electronic parking brake) with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.
JVI0641X
The vehicle information display is located between the tachometer and the speedometer, and it displays the warnings and information. The following items are also displayed if the vehicle is equipped with them:
. Vehicle settings . Trip computer information . Driver Assistance . Cruise control system information . ProPILOT Assist . Intelligent Key operation information . Audio information . Navigation - turn by turn
Instruments and controls 2-19
. Indicators and warnings . Tire pressure information . Chassis Control . Other information
2-20 Instruments and controls
JVI1566X
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
The vehicle information display can be
changed using the buttons OK ,
,
, and
located on the
steering wheel.
OK - change or select an item in the vehicle information display
- navigate through the items in vehicle information display
- go back to the previous menu
- change from one display screen to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)
STARTUP DISPLAY
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the vehicle information display may display the following screens if the vehicle is equipped with them:
. Home . Drive Computer -- Average Speed-Trip
(Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy
. Compass or Navigation . Audio . ProPILOT Assist . Driving Aids . Tire Pressures . 4x4i . Chassis Control . Warnings . Settings Warnings will only display if there are any present. For more information on warnings and indicators, see "Vehicle information display warnings and indicators" (P.231).
To control what items display in the vehicle information display, see "Settings" (P.2-21).
SETTINGS
The setting mode allows you to change the information displayed in the vehicle information display:
. Driver Assistance . Clock . Meter Settings . Vehicle Settings . Maintenance . Alarm (if so equipped) . Tire Pressures . Unit . Language . Factory Reset
Driver Assistance
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off any of the systems/warnings displayed in the "Driver Assistance" menu, use the buttons to select and the OK to change a menu item:
. Driving Aids . Parking Aids (if so equipped) . Chassis Control (if so equipped) . Driver Attention (if so equipped) . Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped)
Driving Aids:
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off any of the systems/warnings dis-
played in the "Driving Aids" menu, use the buttons to select and the OK to
change a menu item:
. Steering Assist (if so equipped)
Allows user to turn the Steering Assist ON/OFF.
. Emergency Brake
-- Front Allows user to turn the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system and Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system ON/OFF
-- Rear Allows user to turn the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system ON/ OFF.
. Lane
-- Warning (LDW) Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system ON/ OFF.
-- Prevention (LDP) Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system ON/ OFF.
. Blind Spot
-- Warning (BSW) Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF.
For additional information, see "ProPILOT
assist" (P.5-64), "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system" (P.5-97), "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.5-116), "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)" (P.5-35), "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-86), and "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-46).
Parking Aids (if so equipped):
To change the status or turn on or off any
of the systems displayed in the "Parking
Aids" menu, use the
buttons to
select and the OK to change a menu
item:
. Moving Object (if so equipped) Press the OK to turn the Moving Object Detection (MOD) ON/OFF.
. Cross Traffic Press the OK to turn the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ON/OFF.
. Rear Sensor (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the rear sensor ON/OFF.
. Display (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Rear Sonar System (RSS) display ON/OFF.
. Volume (if so equipped) Allows user to select sensor volume (High, Med. or Low).
. Range (if so equipped) Allows user to select the sensor range
Instruments and controls 2-21
(Far, Mid. or Near). For additional information, see "Moving Object Detection (MOD)" (P.4-21), "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.5-54) and "Rear Sonar System (RSS)" (P.5-136).
Chassis Control:
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off any of the systems/warnings displayed in the "Chassis Control" menu.
Use the buttons to select and the OK to change a menu item:
. Trace Control -- See "Intelligent Trace Control" (P.5133) for more information.
. Engine Brake (if so equipped) -- See "Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models)" (P.5-134) for more information.
Press the OK to turn ON/OFF.
Driver Attention (if so equipped) :
This menu allows the customer to turn the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) on or off. See "Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)" (P.5-94).
Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped):
This menu allows the customer to turn the Traffic Sign Recognition on or off. For additional information, see "Traffic Sign
2-22 Instruments and controls
Recognition" (P.2-43).
Clock
Allows user to adjust the clock settings and time within the vehicle information display. Adjustments that can be made include automatically setting the time, 12H/24H format, Daylight Savings Time, time zone, and manually setting the time (depending on the vehicle's equipment).
The clock may also be set within the center display. For additional information, refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual.
Meter Settings
The meter settings allows the customer to choose from the various meter selections.
The meter settings can be changed using
the
and the OK buttons.
Main Menu Selection:
The items that display when the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position can be
enabled/disabled. To change the items
that are displayed, use the
to scroll
and the OK to select a menu item.
Body Color:
The color of the vehicle that displays in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
tion can be changed.
1. Use the
buttons until "Body
Color" is selected, and press OK .
2. Select the body color using the buttons and press OK .
ECO Mode Settings:
This setting allows the customer to change the ECO mode system settings.
Use the
buttons until "ECO Mode
Settings" is selected, and press OK .
- ECO Indicator
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the ambient ECO indicator in the vehicle information display.
1. Use the buttons to select "ECO Indicator".
2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the ambient ECO in the vehicle information display.
- DISP Mode
WAC0086X
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the ECO pedal guide function.
1. Use the Mode".
buttons to select "DISP
2. Press the OK to select "Pedal" or "Inst.FE.".
For detailed information, see "ECO mode system" (P.5-32).
ECO Drive Report: - Display
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the ECO Drive Report in the vehicle information display.
1. Use the play".
buttons to select "Dis-
2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the ECO management display in the vehicle information display.
- View History
This setting allows the customer to reset the past history of the fuel economy and the best fuel economy.
Welcome Effect:
You can choose whether or not to display the welcome screen when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. You can also choose the following items to define how the welcome screen looks:
. Dial Effect
. Display Effect
Select "Welcome Effect" using the
buttons and press the OK to select
this menu. Use the
buttons to
navigate between the menu options and
press the OK to turn each function ON/
OFF.
Vehicle Settings
The vehicle settings allows the customer to change settings for the following settings.
. Lighting
. Turn indicator
. Locking
. Wipers
. Driving Position (if so equipped)
. Rear Door Alert
. Remote start (if so equipped)
The vehicle settings can be changed
using the
, and the OK buttons.
Lighting:
The "Lighting" menu has the following options:
. Welcome Light
The welcome lighting can be set to be ON or OFF. From the "Lighting" menu, select "Welcome Light". Use the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.
. Auto Room Lamp
The interior light timer can be set to be ON or OFF. From the "Lighting" menu, select "Auto Room Lamp". Use the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.
. Light Sensitivity
The sensitivity of the Intelligent Auto
Instruments and controls 2-23
Headlight can be adjusted. From the "Lighting" menu, select "Light Sensitivity". Use the buttons and the OK
to select the required sensitivity. The following options are available: -- Turn on earliest -- Turn on earlier -- Turn on standard
-- Turn on later . Light Off Delay
The duration of the automatic headlights can be changed from 0 to 180 seconds. From the "Lighting" menu, select "Light Off Delay". Use the OK to change the duration.
Turn indicator:
The "3 Flash Pass" overtaking feature can be set to be ON or OFF. From the "Turn indicator" menu, select "3 Flash Pass". Use the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.
Locking:
There are the following options in the "Locking" menu:
. IKey Door Lock (if so equipped) When this item is turned on, the request switch on the door is activated. From the "Locking" menu, select "I-Key Door Lock". Use the OK to activate or deactivate this function.
. Selective Unlock
When this item is turned on, and the door handle request switch on the driver's or front passenger's side door is pushed, only the corresponding door is unlocked. All the doors can be unlocked if the door handle request switch is pushed again within 1 minute. When this item is turned to off, all the doors will be unlocked when the door handle request switch is pushed once. From the "Locking" menu, select "Selective Unlock". Use the OK to activate or deactivate this function.
. Auto Door Unlock
The "Auto Door Unlock" feature allows the customer to customize the auto door unlock options.
-- Ignition OFF
-- Shift to Park (for Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models)
-- Off
. Answer Bk. Horn (if so equipped)
When the answer back horn is on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash twice when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key or remote keyless entry function.
Wipers:
. Speed Dependent
The "Speed Dependent" feature can be activated or deactivated. From the "Wipers" menu, select "Speed Dependent". Use the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.
. Reverse Link
The "Reverse Link" wiper feature can be set to be ON or OFF. From the "Wipers" menu, select "Reverse Link". Use the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.
. Drip wipe
The "Drip wipe" feature can be set to be ON or OFF. From the "Wipers" menu, select "Drip wipe". Use the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF.
Driving Position (if so equipped):
. Exit Seat Slide
When this item is turned on, this feature will move the driver's seat backward for an easy exit when the ignition switch is turned off and the driver's door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the driver's seat will move to the previous set position. See "Memory Seat" (P.334).
2-24 Instruments and controls
Rear Door Alert:
. Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed and the horn sounds.
. Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.
. OFF When selected, no alert or horn will be active.
For additional information, refer to "Rear door alert" (P.2-63).
Remote start (if so equipped):
The "Remote start" feature allows user to turn the remote engine start on or off. When turned on, the engine can be restarted remotely. For additional information, refer to "Remote engine start" (P.3-23).
Maintenance
The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals. To change an item:
Select "Maintenance" using the and press OK .
switch
Oil and Filter:
This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for changing the engine oil and filter. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing these items. For scheduled maintenance items and intervals, refer to the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
Tire:
This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires.
WARNING
tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.
Other:
This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items.
The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. See "Changing wheels and tires" (P.8-37). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the
Instruments and controls 2-25
Alarm (if so equipped)
This setting allows the customer to set alarms.
Select "Alarm" using the press OK button .
button and
Timer Alert (if so equipped):
This setting allows the customer to set an alert to notify the driver that the set time has been reached.
1. Use the Alert".
button to select "Timer
2. Press the OK button .
3. To change the timer amount, use the button and the OK button to
save the selected time amount.
Navigation (if so equipped):
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the alert for navigation in the vehicle information display.
1. Use the gation".
button to select "Navi-
2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF the alert.
Phone (if so equipped):
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the alert for an incoming call in the vehicle information display.
1. Use the "Phone".
button to select
2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF the alert.
Mail (if so equipped):
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the alert for incoming mail in the vehicle information display.
1. Use the button to select "Mail".
2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF the alert.
Tire Pressures
The settings in the "Tire pressures" menu are all related to the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). (See "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.63), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.8-29).)
2-26 Instruments and controls
Tire Pressure Unit:
The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to:
. psi . kPa . bar . Kgf/cm2 Use the button and the OK button
to select and change the unit.
If necessary, refer to the following table to convert between units.
Unit
The units that are shown in the vehicle information display can be changed:
. Mileage . Tire pressures . Temperature Use the button , and the OK button
to select and change the units of the vehicle information display.
Mileage:
The unit for the mileage that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed to:
JVI0938X
. km, l/100km . km, km/l . miles, MPG Use the button and the OK button
to select and change the unit.
Tire pressures: See "Tire Pressures" (P.2-26).
Temperature:
The temperature that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed from:
. °C (Celsius) . °F (Fahrenheit) Use the button
to toggle choices.
Instruments and controls 2-27
Language
The language of the vehicle information display can be changed. Use the button , and the OK button
to select and change the language of the vehicle information display.
Factory Reset
The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default. To reset the vehicle information display: 1. Select "Factory Reset" using the
button and press the OK button . 2. Select "YES" to return all settings back
to default by pressing the OK button .
2-28 Instruments and controls
WAC0175X
Instruments and controls 2-29
2-30 Instruments and controls
WAC0410X
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
The displayed images may differ depending on the model.
1. Engine start operation indicator (for Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models)
This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position of the ignition switch.
2. Engine start operation indicator (for Manual Transmission (MT) models)
This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position of the ignition switch.
You can also start the engine by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.
3. No Key detected warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-11) for more details.
4. Shift to Park warning (CVT models) (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the P (Park) position.
If this warning appears, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
An inside warning chime will also sound. (See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-11).)
5. Key Battery Low warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power.
If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-23).
6. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system indicator (if so equipped)
This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key system and vehicle are not communicating normally.
If this indicator appears, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. (See "Intelligent Key battery discharge" (P.5-17).)
7. Key ID incorrect warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key. Use the registered Intelligent Key.
See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-11).
8. Release Parking Brake warning
This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models not equipped with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models equipped with electronic parking brake) and the parking brake is applied. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.
Instruments and controls 2-31
9. Low fuel level warning
This warning appears when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).
10. Low Washer Fluid warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the window washer fluid is at a low level. Add window washer fluid as necessary. For additional information, refer to "Window washer fluid" (P.8-10).
11. Door/liftgate open warning
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or the liftgate are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door or the liftgate is open on the display.
12. Rear seat belt warning
This rear seat belt warning appears after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. If any of the rear passenger's seat belts is not fastened, the seat icon illuminates in red to show which seat belt is not fastened. The seat icon illuminates in red until the corresponding rear passenger's seat belt is fastened. The warn-
2-32 Instruments and controls
ing will automatically turn off after approximately 35 seconds. When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h), if a rear passenger's seat belt is unfastened, a buzzer will sound and the seat icon illuminates in red. The seat icon illuminates in red until the corresponding rear passenger's seat belt is fastened. The warning will automatically turn off after approximately 35 seconds. For precautions on seat belt usage, see "Seat belts" (P.1-12).
13. Key System Error: See Owner's Manual warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Key system.
If this warning appears while the engine is stopped, the engine cannot be started. If this warning appears while the engine is running, the vehicle can be driven. However, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible.
14. Loose Fuel Cap warning
This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. For additional information, refer to "Fuel-filler cap" (P.328).
15. Tire Pressure Low -- Add Air warning
This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.2-14) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.55).)
16. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle warning
This warning appears if low engine oil pressure is detected. If the warning appears during normal driving, pull off the road in a safe area and stop the engine immediately. It is recommended that you call a NISSAN dealer.
The low oil pressure warning is not designed to indicate a low oil level. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See "Engine oil" (P.8-6).)
CAUTION
Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning displayed could cause serious damage to the engine.
17. AWD Error: See Owner's Manual warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system is not functioning properly while the engine is running. Reduce vehicle speed and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. See "Intelligent 4x4" (P.5-123).
18. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle warning (if so equipped)
This warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature. The driving mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the warning turns off, you can continue driving. See "Intelligent 4x4" (P.5-123).
19. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner's Manual warning (if so equipped)
This warning may appear if there is a large difference between the diameters of the front and rear wheels and tires. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all the tire sizes are the same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn. See "Intelligent 4x4" (P.5-123).
20. Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery warning
This warning appears when the battery voltage is low and the battery needs to be charged.
21. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warning (if so equipped)
This warning may appear if the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on). When this warning appears, push in (switch on) the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the warning. For more information, see "Extended storage fuse switch" (P.8-21).
22. Power will turn off to save the battery warning
This warning appears after the ignition switch is in the ON position for a certain period of time.
23. Power turned off to save the battery warning
This warning appears after the ignition switch is automatically turned OFF to save the battery.
24. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights warning
This warning appears when the driver side door is opened with the headlight switch is left ON and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position. Place the headlight switch in OFF (if so equipped) or AUTO position. For additional information, see "Headlight and turn signal switch" (P.2-52).
25. Headlight System Error: See Owner's Manual warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears if the LED headlights are malfunctioning. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Instruments and controls 2-33
26. Timer Alert -- Time for a driver break? indicator
This indicator appears when the set "Time for a driver break?" indicator activates. You can set the time for up to 6 hours.
27. Chassis Control System Error: See Owner's Manual warning
This warning appears if the chassis control module detects an error in the chassis control system. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See "Chassis control" (P.5-133).)
28. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)
This indicator shows the cruise control system status. The status is shown by the color. See "Cruise control" (P.5-62) for details.
29. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicator (if so equipped)
This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system status. The status is shown by the color. (See "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-75).)
2-34 Instruments and controls
30. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator (CVT models)
This indicator shows the automatic shift position.
In the manual shift mode, when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode, the CVT position indicator will blink and a chime will sound.
See "Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)" (P.5-20) for further details.
31. CVT Error: See Owner's Manual warning (CVT models)
This warning appears when there is a malfunction with the CVT system. If this warning comes on, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
32 Malfunction warning
This warning appears when the following systems malfunction.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
with pedestrian detection
. Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)
. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) For more details, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)" (P.5-35), "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40), "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-46), "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.5-54), "ProPILOT assist" (P.5-64), "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system" (P.5-97), "Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)" (P.5-107) or "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.5-116).
33. Drive mode indicators
These indicators illuminate in the vehicle information display when either the ECO or SPORT mode is selected.
For additional information, refer to "SPORT mode switch" (P.5-32) or "ECO mode system" (P.5-32).
34. Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature warning
This warning appears if the interior temperature of the vehicle has reached such a high temperature that the sensor for the Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) or Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped) system can no longer function reliably. Once the interior temperature has
reached normal levels, the warning should disappear.
If the warning continues to display, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
For additional information, refer to "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)" (P.5-35), "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-86) or "Traffic Sign Recognition" (P.2-43).
35. Not Available: Poor Road Conditions warning (if so equipped)
This message appears when the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system becomes unavailable because the road is slippery. See "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40) or "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-75).
36. Currently unavailable warning
This message appears when the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system becomes unavailable because the VDC is turned off or operates. For additional information, refer to "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40) or "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-75).
37. Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked/ Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction warning
This message appears when the front radar sensor may be obstructed due to:
. mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc. . inclement weather (rain, fog, snow,
etc)
All forward driving aids are temporarily disabled until the system detects that the front radar sensor is no longer obstructed.
See "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system" (P.597), "Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)" (P.5-107) or "ProPILOT assist" (P.564).
38. Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction warning
This warning appears when the Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system becomes unavailable because a radar blockage is detected. (See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-46) or "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.5-54).)
39. Press Brake Pedal warning (for electronic parking brake equipped models)
This indicator appears in the following situations:
. The driver tries to release the electronic parking brake manually without depressing the brake pedal.
. The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill and there is a possibility of moving backward, even if the electronic parking brake is applied.
. This warning appears if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold (if so equipped) is activated.
40. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indicator
This indicator shows when the LDW and/ or I-LI systems are engaged.
See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)" (P.535) or "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40).
Instruments and controls 2-35
41. Steering assist indicator (if so equipped)
This indicator appears when the steering assist system is engaged.
See "ProPILOT assist" (P.5-64).
42. Steering assist alert (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the steering assist system is engaged.
It will be displayed under the following condition:
. When not holding the steering wheel or when there is no steering wheel operation.
Hold on the steering wheel immediately. When the steering operation is detected, the warning turns off and the steering assist function is automatically restored. For additional information, refer to "ProPILOT assist" (P.5-64).
43. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) emergency warning indicator
This indicator illuminates along, with an audible warning, when the system detects the possibility of a forward collision.
See "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system" (P.597).
44. Rear Door Alert is activated
When the system is enabled, this message appears when the Rear Door Alert system is active and can remind the driver to check the back seat.
. Using the steering switch, a driver can select "Dismiss Message" to clear the display for a period of time. If no selection is made, this message automatically turns off after a period of time.
. Using the steering switch, a driver can select "Disable Alert" to disable the horn alert for the remainder of the current trip.
For additional information, see "Rear door alert" (P.2-63).
WARNING
Selecting "Dismiss Message" during a stop within a trip temporarily dismisses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Alerts can be provided for other stops during the trip. Selecting "Disable Alert" turns off the Rear Door Alert system for the remainder of a trip and no audible alert will be provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until a driver enables it using the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
45. Check Back Seat For all articles
When the system is enabled, this message appears when the vehicle comes to a complete stop, the shift lever is moved from the D (Drive) position to P (Park) position, and the driver exits the vehicle. This message alerts the driver, after a period of time, to check for items in the rear seat after the audible alert has been provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until a driver enables it using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
46. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) indicator
This indicator illuminates to indicate the status of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system.
See "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.5116).
2-36 Instruments and controls
47. Rear Sonar System (RSS) indicator
This indicator illuminates to indicate the status of the Rear Sonar System.
See "Rear Sonar System (RSS)" (P.5-136).
48. Not Available Bad Weather (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the steering assist system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the steering assist system is automatically canceled:
. When the wiper low speed or high speed operates.
. When lane markers in the traveling lane cannot be correctly detected for a period of time due to such items as a snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy day or several unclear lane markers are present.
If you want to use the steering assist system again, cancel the ProPILOT assist system and set it again when lane markers are clearly visible.
49. Not available Front Camera Obstructed (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled:
. The camera area of the windshield is fogged up or covered with dirt, water, drops, ice, snow, etc.
. Strong light, such as sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles, enter the front camera
50. Not Available Parking Brake On (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged.
Under the following condition, the ICC system is automatically canceled:
. The electronic parking brake is applied.
The above system cannot be used when the electronic parking brake is activated.
51. Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged.
Under the following condition, the ICC system is automatically canceled:
. When the driver's seat belt is not fastened.
The ICC system cannot be used when the driver's seat belt is not fastened.
52. Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged.
It will be displayed under the following condition:
. While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC , the driver's door is opened but the electronic parking brake was not activated.
Step on the brake immediately.
Instruments and controls 2-37
53. Press brake pedal to operate switch warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears if the automatic brake hold switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold function is activated. Depress the brake pedal and push the switch to deactivate the automatic brake hold function. For more details, see "Automatic brake hold" (P.5-29).
54. AUTO HOLD Caution Steep Slope indicator (if so equipped)
This indicator appears when the automatic brake hold function is activated while the vehicle is on a steep hill.
55. Steep Slope Apply Foot Brake to hold vehicle warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears before the electronic parking brake is applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold function is released when the vehicle is on a steep hill, to prevent the vehicle rolls out.
56. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) malfunction warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system malfunctions. See "Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)" (P.5-94).
57. Traffic Sign Recognition malfunction warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the Traffic Sign Recognition system malfunctions. For more details, see "Traffic Sign Recognition" (P.2-43).
58. Parking Sensor Error warning (if so equipped)
This warning illuminates when there is a malfunction with the Rear Sonar System (RSS). For additional information, refer to "Rear Sonar System (RSS)" (P.5-136).
2-38 Instruments and controls
WAC0177X
Instruments and controls 2-39
JVI1566X
TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer display can be chan-
ged using the buttons OK ,
,
,
and
located on the steering
wheel.
OK - change or select an item in the vehicle information display
- navigate through the items in vehicle information display
- go back to the previous menu
- change from one display screen to the next
2-40 Instruments and controls
1. Safety Shield
The safety shield mode shows the operating condition for the following systems.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
with pedestrian detection system
For more details, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)" (P.5-35), "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40), "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-46) or "Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system" (P.5-97).
2. Average speed 1 and 2 (MPH or km/h)
The average speed 1 mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset. The average speed 2 mode shows the average vehicle speed since the time the ignition switch was turned ON. The average speed 2 is automatically reset each time the ignition is placed in the OFF position.
Resetting is done by pushing the OK button. When the OK button is pushed, the following menu items are displayed.
. Cancel
-- Return to the previous screen without resetting.
. Average Speed -- Reset the average speed.
. All
-- Reset all items of "Average Speed", "Elapsed time and trip odometer" and "Fuel economy."
Once the "Average speed 1" is displayed,
you can use
buttons to switch
between the "Average speed 1" and "Aver-
age speed 2."
The display is updated every 30 seconds. The first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows "----".
3. Elapsed time and trip odometer 1 and 2 (mile or km)
Elapsed time:
The elapsed time mode 1 shows the time since the last reset. The elapsed time 2 mode shows the time since the ignition switch was turned ON. (The trip odometer is also reset at the same time.)
Trip odometer:
The trip odometer 1 mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset. The trip odometer 2 mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the time the ignition
switch was placed in the ON position. (The elapsed time is also reset at the same time.)
The elapsed time and trip odometer 2 is automatically reset each time the ignition is placed in the OFF position.
Resetting is done by pushing the OK button. When the OK button is pushed, the following menu items are displayed.
. Cancel
-- Return to the previous screen without resetting.
. Distance
-- Reset the elapsed time and trip odometer.
. All
-- Reset all items of "Average Speed", "Elapsed time and trip odometer" and "Fuel economy."
Once the "Elapsed time and trip odometer
1" is displayed, you can use
buttons
to switch between the "Elapsed time and
trip odometer 1" and "Elapsed time and
trip odometer 2."
4-5. Fuel economy/ECO pedal guide
Current fuel consumption:
The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption.
Average fuel consumption:
The average fuel consumption 1 mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset. The average fuel consumption 2 mode shows the average fuel consumption since the time the ignition switch was placed in the ON position. The average fuel consumption 2 is automatically reset each time the ignition is placed in the OFF position.
Resetting is done by pushing the OK button. When the OK button is pushed, the following menu items are displayed.
. Cancel
-- Return to the previous screen with-
out resetting.
. Fuel Economy
-- Reset the fuel economy.
. All
-- Reset all items of "Average Speed",
"Elapsed time and trip odometer"
and "Fuel economy".
Once the "Fuel economy 1" is displayed,
you can use
buttons to switch
between the "Fuel economy 1" and "Fuel
economy 2". The display is updated every 30 seconds. For about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the display shows "----".
6. Audio
The audio mode shows the status of audio information.
7. Navigation (if so equipped)
When the route guidance is set in the navigation system, this item shows the navigation route information.
8. Compass (if so equipped)
This display indicates the heading direction of the vehicle.
9. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution display (if so equipped)
When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution display is selected, you can view the distribution ratio of the transmission torque to the front and rear wheels during driving.
Instruments and controls 2-41
10. Chassis control
When Intelligent Trace Control, Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or Active Ride Control system is operated, it shows the operating condition. It also shows operating condition of Hill Start Assist. The operating condition of the automatic brake hold function (if so equipped) is also shown. See "Intelligent Trace Control" (P.5-133), "Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models)" (P.5-134), "Active Ride Control" (P.5-135), "Hill Start Assist system" (P.5-136) or "Automatic brake hold" (P.5-29) for more details.
11. Tire Pressures
The tire pressure mode shows the pressure of all four tires while the vehicle is driven.
When the Tire Pressure Low -- Add Air warning appears, the display can be switched to the tire pressure mode by pushing the OK button to reveal additional details on the displayed warning.
12. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system (if so equipped)
When the "Driver Attention" display is selected, you can view your attention level as detected by the system. (See "Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)" (P.594).)
13. Traffic Sign Recognition (if so equipped)
The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed limit. See "Traffic Sign Recognition" (P.243)for more details.
JVI0932X
CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
The clock and outside air temperature are displayed on the upper side of the
vehicle information display.
Clock
For clock adjustment, see "Clock" (P.2-22) or the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual (if so equipped).
2-42 Instruments and controls
Outside air temperature (°F or °C)
The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C in the range of -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37°F (3°C), the warning is displayed (if so equipped).
The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat, wind directions and other driving conditions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.
WAC0198X
TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (if so equipped)
The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed limit. The system captures the road sign information with the multi-sensing front camera unit located on the windshield in front of the inside rearview mirror and displays the detected signs in the vehicle information display. For vehicles equipped with Navigation System, the speed limit displayed is based on a combination of Navigation System data and live camera recognition. TSR information is always displayed at the top of the
vehicle information display, and optionally in the main central area of the display screen.
WARNING
The TSR system is only intended to be a support device to provide the driver with information. It is not a replacement for the driver's attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert and drive safely at all times.
System operation
The traffic recognition system displays the following types of road sign:
Instruments and controls 2-43
WAC0214X
2-44 Instruments and controls
WAC0215X
Latest detected speed limit Reduce speed limit caution (orange) No speed limit information No-overtaking zone Reduce speed limit caution (with no speed limit information) (orange)
CAUTION
. The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system is intended as an aid to careful driving. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and observe all road regulations that currently apply, including looking out for road
signs.
. The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system may not function properly under the following conditions:
-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the TSR camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters the camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
-- In areas not covered by the Navigation System.
-- If there are deviations in relation to the navigation, for example due to changes in the road routing.
SECURITY SYSTEMS
-- When overtaking buses or trucks with speed stickers.
Turning the TSR system on and off
Turning the TSR system on or off is done using the "Settings" menu in the vehicle information display. For details, see "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the TSR system:
1. In the "Settings" menu, select the "Driver Assistance" key.
2. Touch "Speed Limit Sign" to turn the system ON/OFF.
System temporarily unavailable
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C (104°F)) and then started, the TSR system may be deactivated automatically. The "Unavailable: high cabin temperature" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take: When the interior temperature is reduced, the TSR system will resume operating automatically.
System Malfunction
If the TSR system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically and the TSR "Malfunction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the TSR "Malfunction" warning message appears, pull off the road at a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the TSR "Malfunction" message continues to appear, have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
Maintenance
The TSR uses the same multi-sensing front camera unit that is used by the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system, located in front of the interior rearview mirror. For maintenance of the camera, see "System maintenance" (P.5-39).
JVI1587X
Your vehicle has two types of security systems, as follows:
. Vehicle security system . NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, hood (if so equipped) and liftgate when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.
The system helps deter vehicle theft but
Instruments and controls 2-45
cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock it when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features.
2-46 Instruments and controls
SIC2045
How to arm the vehicle security system
1. Close all windows. The system can be armed even if the windows are open.
2. Remove the keys from the vehicle.
3. Close all doors, hood (if so equipped) and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with the key fob (if so equipped), Intelligent Key (if so equipped), the request switch (if so equipped), or power door lock switch.
4. Confirm that the security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. The vehicle security sys-
tem will automatically shift into the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every three seconds. If during the pre-armed phase one of the following occurs, the system will not arm:
. Any door is unlocked with the key fob (if so equipped), the Intelligent Key (if so equipped), or the request switch (if so equipped).
. Ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all the doors, hood (if so equipped) and liftgate locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position. When placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the system will be released.
Vehicle security system activation
The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:
. The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently.
. The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again.
The alarm is activated by:
. Opening any doors, the hood (if so equipped) or liftgate without using the key or Intelligent Key (even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock knob or using the mechanical key).
How to stop an activated alarm
The alarm stops only by unlocking a door or the liftgate by pushing the UNLOCK
button on the key fob (if so equipped) or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped), or pushing the request switch (if so equipped) on the driver's or passenger's door in range of the door handle.
If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged:
If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, the alarm will not stop by pushing the UNLOCK button on the key fob (if so equipped) or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped), or pushing the request switch (if so equipped) on the driver's or passenger's door in range of the door handle. In such a case, unlock the driver's door using the mechanical key and touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key to stop the alarm. (See "Intelligent Key battery discharge" (P.5-17).)
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key.
If the engine fails to start using the registered key, it may be due to interference caused by another registered key, an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring. Restart the engine using the following procedures:
1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
4. Restart the engine while holding the device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the engine to start, NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices.
Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-
IMMOBILISER) FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Instruments and controls 2-47
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield.
SIC2045
Security indicator light
The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position.
This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is operational.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
If the light still remains on and/or the engine will not start, seek service for the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have. It is
2-48 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do
not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.
If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.
JVI0863X
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER OPERATION
The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed:
Intermittent -- intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward
(Slower) or (Faster). Also, the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.)
Low -- continuous low speed operation
High -- continuous high speed operation
Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper.
Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times.
After a short delay, the drip wipe function will operate the wiper once more to clear remaining windshield-washer fluid from the windshield.
NOTE:
The Speed Dependent feature and Drip Wipe feature may be disabled. For additional information, refer to "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19) in this section.
Instruments and controls 2-49
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do
2-50 Instruments and controls
not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.
If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.
JVI0867X
The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper.
Intermittent (INT) -- intermittent operation (not adjustable)
Low (ON) -- continuous low speed operation
Push the switch forward to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times.
Reverse Link feature:
When the windshield wiper switch is on, moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position will operate the rear window wiper.
NOTE:
The Reverse Link feature may be disabled. For additional information, refer to "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
Wiper drip wipe system:
The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated. This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windshield.
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH
Type A
JVI0852X
To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and push the switch on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster.
Type B
JVI0853X
Instruments and controls 2-51
HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting
Type A:
2-52 Instruments and controls
JVI1616X
WAC0411X
Type B: Rotate the switch to the position, and the front parking, tail, license plate, and instrument panel lights will come on. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system will be set (Type B).
Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on.
JVI1624X
Intelligent Auto Headlight system
Type A: The Intelligent Auto Headlight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically.
To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position .
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.
To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight system off, turn the switch to the OFF,
or position.
The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light.
The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously).
If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued, the headlights remain on for 5 minutes.
WAC0412X
Type B: The Intelligent Auto Headlight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically.
To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position or position .
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.
To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight system off, turn the switch to the
position.
The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light.
The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously).
If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position when the parking brake is applied, the headlights remain off.
With the position selected, the headlights turn off when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, or the parking brake is applied. (The front parking, tail, license plate, and instrument lights are on.)
How to turn off all lights:
With the AUTO position selected, all lights turn off when the engine is restarted after the parking brake is applied.
NOTE:
When driving at night, the headlights remain on and cannot be turned off.
When the vehicle is stopped, the headlights can be turned off when the headlight switch is in the position.
With the AUTO position selected (head-
Instruments and controls 2-53
lights are on), the headlights will remain on for 5 minutes when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened.
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
2-54 Instruments and controls
JVI0510X
Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the Intelligent Auto Headlight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate.
Automatic headlights off delay:
You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you place the ignition switch in the OFF and open any door then close all the doors. You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.
High beam assist
The high beam assist system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle when the headlight high beam is on, the headlight will be switched to the low beam automatically.
Precautions on high beam assist:
JVI1617X
Example
Headlight beam select
To select the high beam function, push
the lever forward. The high beam lights
come on and the
light illuminates.
Pull the lever back to select the low beam.
Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off.
WARNING
. The high beam assist system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for safe driving operation. The driver should remain alert at all times, ensure safe driving practices and switch the high beams and low beam manually when necessary.
. The high beam or low beam may not switch automatically under the following conditions. Switch the high beam and low beam manually.
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
-- When a light source similar to a headlight or tail light is in
the vicinity of the vehicle.
-- When the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle are turned off, when the color of the light is affected due to foreign materials on the lights, or when the light beam is out of position.
-- When there is a sudden, continuous change in brightness.
-- When driving on a road that passes over rolling hills, or a road that has level differences.
-- When driving on a road with many curves.
-- When a sign or mirror-like surface is reflecting intense light towards the front of the vehicle.
-- When the container, etc. being towed by a leading vehicle is reflecting intense light.
-- When a headlight on your vehicle is damaged or dirty.
-- When the vehicle is leaning at an angle due to a punctured tire, being towed, etc.
Instruments and controls 2-55
. The timing of switching the low beam and high beam may change under the following situations. -- The brightness of the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle. -- The movement and direction of the oncoming vehicle and the leading vehicle. -- When only one light on the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated. -- When the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is a twowheeled vehicle. -- Road conditions (incline, curve, the road surface, etc.). -- The number of passengers and the amount of cargo.
2-56 Instruments and controls
Type A
JVI1621X
High beam assist operations:
To activate the high beam assist system,
turn the headlight switch to the AUTO
position or
position (Type B) and
push the lever forward (high beam
position). The high beam assist indicator
light in the meter will illuminate while the
headlights are turned on.
If the high beam assist indicator light does not illuminate in the above condition, it may indicate that the system is not functioning properly. It is recommended you have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the headlight remains the low beam.
To turn off the high beam assist system, turn the headlight switch to the position or select the low beam position by placing the lever in the neutral position.
Type B
WAC0414X
WAC0198X
Ambient image sensor maintenance:
The ambient image sensor for the high beam assist system is located in front of the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the high beam assist system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including
transparent material) or install an accessory near the ambient image sensor. . Do not strike or damage the areas around the ambient image sensor. Do not touch the sensor lens that is located on the ambient image sensor.
If the ambient image sensor is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer.
Battery saver system
. When the headlight switch is in the or position while the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off within a period of time after the ignition switch has been placed in the OFF position. . When the headlight switch remains in the or position after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
CAUTION
. When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not turn off automatically. Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF (if so equipped) or the AUTO position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.
. Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running
for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically.
Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
Type A:
The LED portion of the headlights auto-
matically illuminate at 100% intensity
when the engine is started and the
parking brake released. The LED Daytime
Running Light (DRL) operate with the
headlight switch in the OFF position or
in the
position. When you turn the
headlight switch to the
position for
full illumination, the LED lights switch
from LED DRL to the park function.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when the parking brake is released. The LED DRL will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlight switch ON for interior controls and switches to illuminate, as those remain OFF while the switch is in the OFF position.
Instruments and controls 2-57
WARNING
When the LED DRL system is active, tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.
not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.
Type B:
The LED portion of the headlights auto-
matically illuminate at 100% intensity
when the engine is started and the
parking brake released. The DRL operate
with the headlight switch in the AUTO
position or
position, the headlight
must be off. When you turn the headlight
switch to the
position for full illumi-
nation, the LED lights switch from LED
DRL to the park function.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when the parking brake is released. The LED DRL will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or the headlight turns on.
2-58 Instruments and controls
Example
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
JVI1591X
Turn signal
Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automatically.
Lane change signal
Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever until the lane change is completed.
Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does
HORN
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)
JVI0980X
Example
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the position, then turn the fog light switch to the position.
To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position or position (Type B), the headlights must be on, then turn the fog light switch to the
position.
To turn them off, turn the fog light switch to the OFF position.
The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate. The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected.
JVI1569X
To sound the horn, push the center pad area of the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury.
JVI1592X
The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68°F (20°C).
Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts. The indicator light on the switch will illuminate.
If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68°F (20°C). The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on.
Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The
Instruments and controls 2-59
HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
indicator light will turn off.
NOTE:
If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switch is turned on, the system will not heat the steering wheel. This is not a malfunction.
WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.
2-60 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
. The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running.
. Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.
. Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.
. When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.
. If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH (models without ProPILOT assist)
The heater is controlled by a thermostat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.
When the vehicle's interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the switch.
JVR0322X
The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other.
1. Start the engine.
2. Select heat range.
For high-speed heating, push the HI (High) side of the switch.
For low-speed heating, push the LO (Low) side of the switch.
The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the heater is on.
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to the level position. Make sure the indicator light goes off.
JVI1593X
The dynamic driver assistance switch is used to temporarily turn on and off the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system.
The I-LI system must be turned on with the dynamic driver assistance switch every time the ignition is placed in the ON position.
When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned off, the indicator on the switch is off. The indicator will also be off if the I-LI system is deactivated using the vehicle information display.
The I-LI system warns the driver with an indicator and a chime, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying
Instruments and controls 2-61
the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). For additional information, see "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40).
STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (models with ProPILOT assist)
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH
2-62 Instruments and controls
WAC0074X
The steering assist switch is used to temporarily turn on and off the steering assist system.
The steering assist system controls the steering system to help keep your vehicle near the center of the lane when driving. For additional information, see "ProPILOT assist" (P.5-64).
SIC4544
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driving conditions.
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC
OFF switch. The
indicator light will
illuminate.
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system. (See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system"
(P.5-131).)
INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH (if so equipped)
JVI1595X
The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located on the instrument panel. The AWD LOCK indicator light will illuminate when the switch is turned on. For additional information, refer to "Intelligent 4x4" (P.5-123). Each time you push the switch, the AWD mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.
REAR DOOR ALERT
The Rear Door Alert system functions under certain conditions to indicate there may be an object or passenger in the rear seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle.
The Rear Door Alert system is initially disabled. The driver can enable the system using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
When the system is enabled:
. The system is activated when a rear door is opened and closed within 10 minutes of the vehicle being driven. When the vehicle is started and the system is activated, a visual message appears in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "44. Rear Door Alert is activated" (P.2-36).
. If a rear door is opened and closed but the vehicle is not driven within approximately 10 minutes, the system will not be activated. A rear door must be opened and closed and the vehicle is driven within 10 minutes for the system to activate.
When the Rear Door Alert system is activated and a driver exits the vehicle after arriving at a destination:
Instruments and controls 2-63
ECO MODE SWITCH
. When the driver puts the vehicle in the P (Park) position, a message appears in the vehicle information display for the driver to "Dismiss Message" or "Disable Alert" if desired.
. With the system enabled, when the driver exits the vehicle, an audible alert (horn sound) will occur unless a rear door is opened and closed within a short time to deactivate the alert.
. If the doors are locked before the alert is deactivated by opening a rear door, the horn will sound.
. If the system is activated but the liftgate is opened before opening a rear door, the horn will be delayed until after the liftgate is closed.
. If the audible horn alert occurs, a message will also appear in the vehicle information display that states, "Check Back Seat for all articles". For additional information, see "45. Check Back Seat For all articles" (P.2-36).
WARNING
. If the driver selects "Disable Alert", no audible alert will be provided regardless of rear door open/close status.
2-64 Instruments and controls
. There may be times when there is an object or passenger in the rear seat(s) but the audible alert does not sound. For example, this may occur if rear seat passengers enter or exit the vehicle during a trip.
. The system does not directly detect objects or passengers in the rear seat(s). Instead, it can detect when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat(s).
NOTE:
There may be times when the horn sounds but there are no objects or passengers in the rear seat(s).
For additional information, see "44. Rear Door Alert is activated" (P.2-36).
JVS0185X
The ECO mode system helps to enhance the fuel economy by controlling the engine and CVT operation (for CVT models) automatically to avoid rapid acceleration.
To turn on the ECO mode system, push the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator appears on the meter.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off.
. The ECO mode system cannot be turned off while the accelerator pedal is depressed even if the ECO switch is pushed to OFF. Release the accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode
POWER OUTLET
system. . The ECO mode system will turn off
automatically if a malfunction occurs in the system. . Turn off the ECO mode system when acceleration is required such as when: -- driving with a heavy load of pas-
sengers or cargo in the vehicle -- driving on a steep uphill slope
Instrument Panel
Center Console Box
The power outlet is located in the instrument panel and center console box.
WAC0077X WAC0233X
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
. Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on.
. This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.
Instruments and controls 2-65
. When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet.
WAC0234X
USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHARGING CONNECTOR
The USB charging connector is located in the center console box.
The USB charging connector can be used only for charging an external device.
Connect a USB device into the connector. Charging will start automatically (maximum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A).
The external device will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Some mobile devices cannot be charged depending on their specifications.
CAUTION
. Do not force a USB device into the connector. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the connector may damage the connector. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the connector.
. Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using the reversible USB cable may damage the connector.
2-66 Instruments and controls
EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)
EMERGENCY SUPPORT
NissanConnect® Services provides various services to support dealing with emergencies of the subscribed vehicle and the driver.
For example, in case of an illness or serious injury, you can seek support by pushing the in-vehicle Emergency Call (SOS) button and connecting to NissanConnect® Services. NissanConnect® Services can specify the location of the vehicle via GPS, and the information will be sent to the police or other agencies as needed.
For information about other NissanConnect® Services emergency support related services, refer to the NissanConnect® Services website or contact the NissanConnect® Customer Support Line.
NissanConnect® Services website:
For U.S.
www.nissanusa.com/connect
For Canada
http://www.nissan.ca/nissanconnect (English)
www.nissan.ca/nissanconnect/fr (French)
NissanConnect® Customer Support Line:
1-855-426-6628
WARNING
. Please note that the Automatic Collision Notification service and Emergency Call function cannot be used in the following conditions:
-- Emergency functions and services will not be available without a paid subscription to NissanConnect® Services.
-- The NissanConnect® Services network system is disabled.
-- The vehicle moves outside the service area where the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) is connected to the system.
-- The vehicle is outside the area where the cellular network service is receivable.
-- The vehicle is in a location with poor signal reception such as tunnels, underground parking garages, behind buildings or in mountainous areas.
-- The line is busy.
-- The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) or other systems of your vehicle are not working properly.
-- It may not be possible to make an emergency call depending on the severity of a collision and/or emergency.
. Park the vehicle in a safe location and set the parking brake before operating the Emergency Call (SOS) button.
. Only use this service in case of an emergency. There may be a penalty for inappropriate use of the service.
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Individuals who use pacemakers should contact the device manufacturer regarding any possible effects before using the system.
. The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) antenna is installed inside the upper central part of the instrument panel. An occupant should not get any closer to the antenna than specified by the pacemaker manufacturer. The radio waves
Instruments and controls 2-67
from the TCU antenna may adversely affect the operation of the pacemaker while using the NissanConnect® Services.
2-68 Instruments and controls
WAC0510X
Making an emergency call
The design may vary from the illustrations depending on the models and specifications.
1. Push the Emergency Call (SOS) button.
2. When the line is connected, speak to the Response Specialist.
If you want to cancel the emergency call, push and hold the Emergency Call (SOS) button for a few seconds.
The Emergency Call (SOS) button is located near the map light.
NOTE: . When making an emergency call, be
sure the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. The emergency call cannot be activated while the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position.
. After the Emergency Call (SOS) button is pushed, it may take some time until the system initiates connection, depending on the technical environment and whether the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) is being used by other services.
. An indicator light on the Emergency Call (SOS) button shows the readiness of the emergency support system. If the indicator light is not illuminated, pushing the Emergency Call (SOS) button does not connect your vehicle to the Response Specialist.
The indicator light blinks while connected to the NissanConnect® Services Response Center. . Even when the indicator light is illuminated, connection to the NissanConnect® Services Response Center may not be possible. If this occurs in an emergency situation, contact the authorities by other means.
STORAGE
. To avoid disconnecting the line, do not turn off the engine or the hybrid system.
CUP HOLDERS
CAUTION
. Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.
. Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.
Front
Center console
JVI1601X
Instruments and controls 2-69
CAUTION
JVI0873X
Rear seat (if so equipped)
The rear cup holders are located in the rear fold-down armrest.
SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS
CAUTION
JVI0884X Door (front and rear)
FLEXIBLE LUGGAGE BOARDS (if so equipped)
You can use the cargo area in diverse ways using the flexible luggage boards.
WARNING
. Do not push the front edge of the luggage board forcibly. Doing so may cause the luggage board to be tilted, resulting in personal injury.
. Do not handle the luggage board forcibly as this may deform it.
. While in the upper position, do not recline the seatbacks.
. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
NOTE:
The diversity of the cargo area may be restricted depending on the equipment of each vehicle.
. Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident.
. Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.
Do not put objects heavier than 110 lbs (50 kg) on the load floor.
2-70 Instruments and controls
JVI1620X
1. Pull the outer board upward to 90°. 2. Push down the board until it stops.
GLOVE BOX
JVI0888X
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.
JVI1685X
CONSOLE BOX
To open the console box lid, push up the knob and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches. The glove box light illuminates when the headlight switch is turned on.
Instruments and controls 2-71
. Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.
To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.
SUNGLASSES HOLDER
JVI0619X
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the driver's view and to help prevent an accident.
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.
2-72 Instruments and controls
SIC4348
CARD HOLDER (driver's side)
Slide a card in the card holder.
JVI1686X Cargo area
LUGGAGE HOOKS
To use the hook, pull it up as illustrated.
WARNING
. Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks.
. Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop.
. Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.
JVI1336X Cargo area (hooks for shopping bags, etc.)
WARNING
Do not apply a total load of more than 7 lb (3 kg) to the hook.
JVI1334X
PARCEL SHELF (if so equipped)
WARNING
. Never put anything on the parcel shelf, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in case of an accident or if the brakes are applied suddenly.
. Do not leave the parcel shelf in position when it is disengaged from the grooves.
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than
Instruments and controls 2-73
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury
. The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the parcel shelf or items in the cargo area. Remove the parcel shelf from the vehicle or store it in its storage space. Also, secure any lose items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.
Removal
1. Open the liftgate. (See "Liftgate" (P.326).)
2. Detach both of the ropes (left and right) from the inside of the liftgate.
3. Detach the parcel shelf by simply pulling it rearwards through the liftgate opening.
JVI1335X
CAUTION
Make sure the parcel shelf is carefully stored when not in use in order to prevent any damage.
Installation
1. Open the liftgate. 2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it
forwards as far as possible through the liftgate opening. 3. Attach the corresponding ropes to each side of the liftgate.
4. Close the liftgate.
2-74 Instruments and controls
ROOF RACK (if so equipped)
GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V. M.S.S. certification label (located on the driver's door pillar). For additional information regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer to "Vehicle loading information" (P.10-12).
JVI0889X
Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails. Cross bars must be installed before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN accessory cross bars are available through a NISSAN dealer. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for additional information.
The service load capacity for the roof side rails is 150 lb (68 kg), however do not exceed the accessory cross bars load capacity.
Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and
WARNING
. Always install the cross bars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind. Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle's roof may cause vehicle damage.
. Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity, especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the cross bars.
. Heavy loading of the cross bars has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers.
. Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed.
. Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross bars load.
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
Instruments and controls 2-75
WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING
seconds, power to the windows is canceled.
. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver's or front passenger's door is opened during this period of about 45
2-76 Instruments and controls
SIC4533
1. Window lock button 2. Driver side window 3. Rear left passenger side window 4. Front passenger side window 5. Rear right passenger side window
Main power window switch (driver's side)
To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it. The
main switch (driver side switches) will open or close all the windows.
Locking passengers' windows
When the lock button is pushed in, only the driver side window can be opened or closed. Push it in again to cancel.
SIC4523
Passenger side power window switch
The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window. To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it.
SIC4524
Automatic operation
The automatic operation is available for
the switch that has an
mark on its
surface.
To fully open or close the window, completely push down or pull up the switch and release it; the switch need not be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released.
Instruments and controls 2-77
MOONROOF (if so equipped)
Auto-reverse function
WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.
If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing, the window will be immediately lowered. The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs.
2-78 Instruments and controls
If the windows do not close automatically
If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system.
1. Start the engine.
2. Close the door.
3. After starting the engine, open the window completely by operating the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete.
If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, it is recommended you have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
WARNING
. In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing.
CAUTION
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the moonroof before opening.
. Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area.
POWER MOONROOF
The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the driver's door or the passenger's door is opened
during this period of about 45 seconds, power to the moonroof is canceled.
Sliding the moonroof
To fully open or close the moonroof, push the switch to the open or close position and release it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the roof, push the switch once more while it is opening or closing.
Auto reverse function
WARNING
JVI0655X
Sunshade
The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened. However, it must be closed manually.
Tilting the moonroof
To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then push the switch to the tilt up position and release it; it need not be held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to the tilt down position .
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof.
If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing, the moonroof will be immediately opened.
The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-
Instruments and controls 2-79
INTERIOR LIGHTS
matically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction, push and hold the moonroof switch to the close position .
Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs.
If the moonroof does not operate
If the moonroof does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system.
1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the close position to tilt the moonroof up.
2. Push and hold the switch to the close position .
3. Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down.
4. Push and hold the switch to the open position to fully tilt the moonroof down.
5. Check if the moonroof switch operates normally.
If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your moonroof checked and
2-80 Instruments and controls
repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
CAUTION
. Do not leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged.
. Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.
JVI0626X
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH
The interior light can be turned ON regardless of door position. The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened.
The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened. To turn off the interior lights when a door open, push the switch, the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or the driver's door is closed and locked. The lights will also go off after a period of time when the doors are open.
JVI0627X
CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)
The console light will turn on whenever the parking lights or headlights are illuminated.
JVI0628X
MAP LIGHTS
Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turn them off, push the button again.
Instruments and controls 2-81
. The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. (model with Intelligent Key system)
The interior light timer will be cancelled when:
. The driver's door is locked.
. The ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
When the switch is in the OFF position , the room light does not illuminate, regardless of any condition.
SIC2063A
ROOM LIGHT
The room light has a three-position switch. When the switch is in the ON position , the room light illuminates. When the switch is in the DOOR position
, the room light illuminates when a door is opened. The interior light timer will keep the room light on for approximately 15 seconds when: . The key is removed from the ignition
switch with the driver's door closed. (model without Intelligent Key system)
2-82 Instruments and controls
SIC3869
VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if so equipped)
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.
The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
CARGO LIGHT
The cargo lights illuminate when the liftgate is opened. When the liftgate is closed, the lights will turn off.
The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) devices such as garage doors, gates, home and office lighting, entry door locks and security systems.
. Is powered by your vehicle's battery. No separate batteries are required. If the vehicle's battery is discharged or is disconnected, HomeLink® will retain all programming.
When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional information, refer to "Programming HomeLink®" (P.2-84).
WARNING
. Do not use the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety
stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards. (These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.
. During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close (if the transmitter is within range). Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming.
. Your vehicle's engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
Instruments and controls 2-83
PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
The following steps show generic instructions how to program a HomeLink® button. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink. com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515. NOTE: It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency. 1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink® surface, keeping the HomeLink® indicator light in view.
2-84 Instruments and controls
JVI0428X
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.)
NOTE: Some devices to be programmed may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the "Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers" (P.2-85).
JVI0429X
3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light.
. If the indicator light is solid/ continuous, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released.
. If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid/continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A second person may make the following steps easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps.
4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the garage door opener's manual.
5. Press and release the "learn" or "smart" button.
NOTE: Once the button is pressed, you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button for two seconds and release. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence up to 3 times to complete the programming process. HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.
7. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www. homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800355-3515.
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to "time-out" (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink® to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to "time-out" in the same manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the "Programming HomeLink®" procedures, replace "Programming HomeLink®" Step 2 with the following:
NOTE:
When programming a garage door opener, etc., unplug the device during the "cycling" process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components.
Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and the hand-held transmitter button. During programming, your handheld transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press and re-press ("cycle") your hand-
held transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful programming. DO NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.
Proceed with "Programming HomeLink®" step 3 to complete.
Remember to plug the device back in when programming is completed.
OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate the programmed device. To operate, simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.
Instruments and controls 2-85
PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOTING
If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information: . replace the hand-held transmitter
batteries with new batteries. . position the hand-held transmitter
with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink® surface. . press and hold both the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons without interruption. . position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not programmed within that time, try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800355-3515.
2-86 Instruments and controls
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION
The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons. Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed, see "Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button" (P.2-86).
To clear all programming
1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
HomeLink® is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with "Programming HomeLink®" - Step 1.
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink® BUTTON
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button, complete the following.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® button. Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink® button, proceed with
"Programming HomeLink®" - Step 1.
For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/ nissan or 1-800-355-3515.
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink® buttons.
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the Owner's Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will need to reprogram the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Instruments and controls 2-87
MEMO 2-88 Instruments and controls
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys ......................................................................................................... 3-2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key (if so equipped) .............................................................................. 3-2 Intelligent Key (if so equipped) ................................... 3-3
Doors ...................................................................................................... 3-5 Locking with key .................................................................... 3-5 Locking with inside lock knob ..................................... 3-6 Locking with power door lock switch................... 3-6 Automatic door locks ......................................................... 3-7 Child safety rear door lock ............................................. 3-7
Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) ...... 3-7 How to use remote keyless entry system ......... 3-8
Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) .................... 3-11 Intelligent Key operating range .............................. 3-13 Door locks/unlocks precaution ............................... 3-13 Intelligent Key operation .............................................. 3-14 Battery saver system ....................................................... 3-16 Warning lights and audible reminders .............. 3-16 Troubleshooting guide ................................................... 3-17 How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-19
Remote engine start (if so equipped) ....................... 3-23 Remote engine start operating range............... 3-23
Remote starting the engine .................................... 3-23 Extending engine run time ....................................... 3-24 Canceling a remote engine start ........................ 3-24 Conditions the remote engine start will not work .................................................................................. 3-24 Hood .................................................................................................... 3-25 Liftgate .............................................................................................. 3-26 Liftgate release lever ..................................................... 3-27 Fuel-filler door ............................................................................. 3-28 Opening the fuel-filler door ...................................... 3-28 Fuel-filler cap ....................................................................... 3-28 Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................................ 3-30 Tilt or telescopic operation ...................................... 3-31 Sun visors ........................................................................................ 3-31 Mirrors .............................................................................................. 3-32 Inside mirror ......................................................................... 3-32 Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-33 Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-34 Memory Seat (if so equipped) ......................................... 3-34 Memory storage function .......................................... 3-35 Entry/Exit function .......................................................... 3-35 System operation ............................................................. 3-36
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate. A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
JVP0307X
1. Master key (2)
2. Key number plate (1)
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEY (if so equipped)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the master keys, which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 master keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the master of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the master components when registering new keys, be sure to take all master keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.
CAUTION
Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key, which contains an electrical transponder, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.
JVP0543X
Mechanical key
To unfold the key from the fob, press the release button. When storing the key, press the release button and push key to fold the key back into fob slot.
Type A Type B
SPA2406
1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)
2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 sets)
3. Key number plate
INTELLIGENT KEY (if so equipped)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle's Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.
JVP0177X
CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
-- The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
-- Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object.
-- If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
-- Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
-- Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
-- Do not use a magnet key holder.
-- Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set, personal computer or cellular phone.
-- Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing
3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
machine. This could affect the system function.
. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
SPA2033
Mechanical key
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the driver's door. (See "Doors" (P.3-5).)
DOORS
CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key.
WARNING
. Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders.
. Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
SPA2457
LOCKING WITH KEY
To lock the driver's door, insert the mechanical key to the door key cylinder and turn the key to the front of the vehicle .
To unlock the driver's door, turn the mechanical key to the rear of the vehicle
.
To lock or unlock the other door, use the power door lock switch, the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or the key fob, or the request switch (if so equipped).
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
SPA2726
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
To lock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the unlock position . When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Driver's armrest Passenger's armrest
SPA2803 SPA2804
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Operating the power door lock switch (located on the driver's and front passenger's doors) will lock or unlock all the doors.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver's and front passenger's doors open, then close the door.
When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
To unlock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position .
Lockout protection
Lockout protection function helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle.
When the power door lock switch (driver's or front passenger's side) is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (models with Intelligent Key system) or the key left in the ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) and any door open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
. All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).
. All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position, if selected (CVT model).
SPA2801
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.
When the levers are in the lock position , the rear doors can be opened only
from the outside.
To disengage, move the levers to the unlock position .
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (if so equipped)
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (including the liftgate), and activate the panic alarm by using the key fob from outside the vehicle.
Before locking the doors, make sure the key is not left in the vehicle.
The key fob can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.)
As many as 4 key fobs can be used with one vehicle. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional key fobs, contact a NISSAN dealer.
The key fob will not function:
. When the key fob is not within the operational range.
. When the doors are open or not closed securely.
. When the key is in the ignition switch. . When the battery is discharged.
WARNING
The remote keyless entry key fob transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the key
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
fob while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.
dealer.
For information regarding the replacement of a battery, see "Key fob battery replacement" (P.8-21).
CAUTION
The following conditions or occurrences will damage the key fob.
. Do not allow the key fob to become wet.
. Do not drop the key fob.
. Do not strike the key fob sharply against another object.
. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of key fob may not function properly.
. Do not place the key fob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that key fob. This will prevent the key fob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
JVP0308X
Jackknife type key release button LOCK button UNLOCK button PANIC button Battery indicator light
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Welcome light and farewell light function
When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate, the daytime running lights, parking lights and the tail lights will illuminate for a period of time. The welcome light and farewell light function can be disabled. For information about disabling
the welcome light and farewell light function, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
Locking doors
1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Close all the doors.
3. Push the LOCK key fob.
button on the
4. All the doors will lock.
All of the doors will lock when the
LOCK
button is pushed even
though a door remains open.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
. When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked, the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked.
. Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked.
Unlocking doors
1. Push the UNLOCK the key fob.
button on
. The driver's door unlocks. . The hazard indicator flashes once if
all doors are completely closed.
2. Push the UNLOCK
button again
within 5 seconds.
. All the doors and the liftgate unlock.
. The hazard indicator flashes once if
all doors are completely closed.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pushing the UNLOCK button.
. Any door or liftgate is opened.
. The ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
NOTE:
The unlocking operation can be changed in selective unlock in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
Using panic alarm
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:
1. Push the PANIC
button on the
key fob for more than 0.5 seconds.
2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when:
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
. Any of the buttons on the key fob is pushed. (Note: the PANIC button must be pushed for more than 1 second.)
Battery indicator light
The battery indicator light illuminates when you push any button. If the light does not illuminate, the battery is weak or needs replacement. For information regarding replacement of a battery, see "Key fob battery replacement" (P.8-21).
Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
the LOCK
button is pushed, the
hazard indicator flashes twice and the
horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator
flashes once.
If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure.
In hazard indicator only mode, when the
LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard
indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK
button is pushed, neither the hazard
indicator nor the horn operates.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
Mode (Pushing the
or
button)
Hazard indicator and horn mode
Hazard indicator mode
DOOR LOCK
HAZARD - twice HORN - once HAZARD - twice
DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - once HORN - none HAZARD - none
Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
operation, push the LOCK
and
UNLOCK
buttons on the key fob
simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
The horn operation can also be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)
WARNING
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.
Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system.
CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.
. Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions.
. When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.
. When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular phone, transceiver, and CB radio.
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.
. When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer.
. When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.
Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery's life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.
For information regarding replacement of a battery, see "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-23).
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer.
CAUTION
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
water or salt water. This could affect the system function.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.
. Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computers or cellular phone.
of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer.
The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch .
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system's operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from each request switch .
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the
SPA2074
door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors including the liftgate.
SPA2407
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION
. Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
. After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them.
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
. Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2408 JVP0099X
JVP0538X
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag.
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (driver's or front passenger's) or liftgate request switch within the range of operation.
When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, see "Setting hazard indicator and horn mode" (P.3-21).
Welcome light and farewell light function
When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate, the daytime running lights, parking lights and the tail lights will illuminate for a period of time. The welcome light and farewell light function can be disabled. For information about disabling the welcome light and farewell light function, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
Locking doors
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models), or the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position (Manual Transmission (MT) models), place the ignition switch in the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.
2. Close all doors.
3. Push any door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
4. All doors and the liftgate will lock.
5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice.
NOTE: . Request switches for all doors and
the liftgate can be deactivated when the I-Key Door Lock setting is turned
off in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23). . Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position. . Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open. However, doors lock by pushing the driver's side door handle request switch while the driver's door is closed. . Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another Intelligent Key.
CAUTION
. After locking the doors using the request switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the liftgate opener switch.
. When locking the doors using the request switch, make sure to
have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle.
. The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system.
Unlocking doors
1. Push the door handle request switch or the liftgate request switch
while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once. The corresponding door or the liftgate will unlock.
3. Push the request switch again within 1 minute.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
. Opening any door. . Pushing the ignition switch. During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute.
NOTE:
The unlocking operation can be changed in selective unlock in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
Opening liftgate
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Push the liftgate opener switch .
3. The liftgate will unlock.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge.
. The ignition switch is in the ON position. (See "Push-button ignition switch positions" (P.5-16).)
. All doors are closed, and . The shift lever is in the P (Park)
position (CVT model) or N (Neutral) position (MT model).
WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and the warning display appears on the vehicle information display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning display appears, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key.
See "Troubleshooting guide" (P.3-17) and "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.
Symptom
Possible cause
Action to take
When stopping the engine (CVT model)
The Shift to Park warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously.
The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
When opening the driver's The Door/liftgate open warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON
door to get out of the vehicle on the display.
position.
Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
The No Key Detected warning appears
on the display, the outside chime sounds three times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately three
The ignition switch is in the ON position.
seconds.
Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle
The red Shift to Park warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
on the display and the inside side chime position and the shift lever is not in position and place the ignition switch
sounds continuously. (CVT model)
the P (Park) position.
in the OFF position.
The Rear Door Alert is activated message appears on the display, the horn sounds three times twice, or a Check Back Seat for all articles warning appears on the display.
The Rear Door Alert is activated.
Check the back seat for all articles, clear the Rear Door Alert warning message by using the steering switches.
When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK
The outside chime sounds for approximately three seconds and all the doors unlock.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the door han-
dle request switch or the
The outside chime sounds for approxi-
LOCK button on the Intelli- mately three seconds.
gent Key to lock the door
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine
When pushing the ignition switch
The Key Battery Low warning appears on the display.
The battery charge is low.
Replace the battery with a new one. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-23).)
The Key ID Incorrect warning appears on The Intelligent Key is not in the
the display.
vehicle.
The Key System Error warning appears It warns of a malfunction with the
on the display.
Intelligent Key system.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
It is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer.
3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
WARNING
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.
CAUTION
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could
affect the system function.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.
. Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computers or cellular phone.
Key. The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.)
The remote keyless entry function will not operate:
. When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range.
. When the doors are open or not closed securely.
. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
The remote keyless entry function can also operate the vehicle alarm.
The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless entry function of the Intelligent
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
Type A
JVP0541X
LOCK button
UNLOCK button
PANIC button
Remote engine start button
When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, see "Setting hazard indicator and horn mode" (P.3-21).
Locking doors
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.*
3. Close all the doors.
4. Push the LOCK Intelligent Key.
button on the
5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock.
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked.
Type B
JVP0542X
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Unlocking doors
1. Push the UNLOCK
button on
the Intelligent Key once.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driver's door will unlock.
3. Push the UNLOCK within 5 seconds.
button again
4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically
unless one of the following operations is
performed within 1 minute after pushing
the UNLOCK
button while the doors
are locked.
. Opening any door (including the liftgate).
. Pushing the ignition switch.
During this 1-minute time period, if the
UNLOCK
button is pushed, all doors
will be locked automatically after another
1 minute.
NOTE:
The unlocking operation can be changed in selective unlock in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
Using panic alarm
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:
1. Push the PANIC button on the Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 seconds.
2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when: . It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key is pushed. (Note: the PANIC button must be pushed for more than 0.5 seconds.)
Remote engine start (if so equipped)
The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle. See "Remote engine start" (P.3-23).
Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
the LOCK
button is pushed, the
hazard indicator flashes twice and the
horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator
flashes once.
If horns are not necessary, the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indica-
tor flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
Hazard indicator and horn mode:
Operation
DOOR LOCK
Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice
or liftgate request switch
OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
Pushing
or
button
HAZARD - twice HORN - once
Hazard indicator mode:
Operation
DOOR LOCK
Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice
or liftgate request switch
OUTSIDE CHIME - none
Pushing
or
button
HAZARD - twice HORN - none
DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once HAZARD - once HORN - none
DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none HAZARD - none HORN - none
Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
(chime) operation, push the LOCK
and UNLOCK
buttons on the Intel-
ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2
seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
The horn operation can also be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)
WARNING
To avoid risk of injury or death, do not use the remote engine start function when the vehicle is in an enclosed area such as a garage.
JVP0446X
The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle.
Some systems, such as the air conditioner system, will turn on during a remote engine start, if the system was on the last time the ignition switch was turned off.
Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote engine starters. For example, some laws require a person using remote engine start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any requirements.
Other conditions may affect the remote engine start function. See "Conditions the remote engine start will not work" (P.324).
Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter. See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-11) for additional information.
REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE
The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the vehicle.
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or other strong radio wave sources are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
The remote engine start operating range is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.
REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE
To use the remote start function to start the engine, perform the following:
1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.
2. Push the LOCK doors.
button to lock all
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
3. Within 5 seconds push and hold the
remote engine start
button until
the turn signal lights flash and the tail
lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not
within view, push and hold the remote
engine start button for at least 2
seconds.
The following events will occur when the engine starts:
. The front parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running.
. The doors will be locked and the air conditioner system may turn on.
. The engine will continue to run for about 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional 10 minutes. See "Extending engine run time" (P.3-24).
Depress and hold the brake pedal, then place the ignition switch in the ON position before driving. For further instructions, see "Driving the vehicle" (P.5-20).
EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME
The remote engine start function can be extended one time by performing the steps listed in "Remote starting the engine" (P.3-23). Run time will be calculated as follows:
. The first 10 minute run time will start when the remote engine start func-
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
tion is performed.
. The second 10 minutes will start immediately when the remote engine start function is performed. For example, if the engine has been running for 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes.
. Extending engine run time will count towards the two remote engine start limit.
A maximum of two remote engine starts, or a single start with an extension, are allowed between ignition cycles.
The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON position and then back to the OFF position before the remote engine start procedure can be used again.
CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE START
To cancel a remote engine start, perform one of the following:
. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle
and push and hold the remote engine
start
button until the front park-
ing lights turn off.
. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.
. Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF.
. The extended engine run time has expired.
. The first 10 minute timer has expired.
. The engine hood has been opened.
. The shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) position.
. The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle.
. The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
. The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed.
CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE START WILL NOT WORK
The remote engine start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present:
. The ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
. The hood is not securely closed.
. The hazard indicator flashers are on.
. The engine is still running. The engine must be completely stopped. Wait at least 6 seconds if the engine goes from running to off. This is not applicable when extending engine run time.
. The remote engine start button is not pushed and held for at least 2 seconds.
HOOD
. The remote engine start button is not pushed and held within 5 seconds of pushing the LOCK button.
. The brake pedal is depressed.
. The doors are not closed and locked.
. The liftgate is open.
. The Key System Error warning message remains on in the vehicle information display.
. An Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle.
. The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle.
. Two remote engine starts, or a single remote engine start with an extension, have already been used.
. The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.
. The remote engine start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display. For an explanation of the warning or indicator, see "Vehicle information display warnings and indicators" (P.2-31).
WARNING
. Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident.
. Never open the hood if steam or smoke is coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
LIFTGATE
1. Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up.
2. Locate the lever in between the hood and grille, and push the lever up with your fingertips.
3. Raise the hood.
4. Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot .
Hold the coated part when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts, as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped.
WAD0090X
When closing the hood: 1. While supporting the hood, return the
support rod to its original position. 2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12
in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, then let it drop. 3. Make sure it is securely latched.
WARNING
. Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the liftgate open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to "Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)" (P.5-4).
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the liftgate.
3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
CAUTION
Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the liftgate. Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle.
JVP0396X
To open the liftgate, unlock it and push the opener switch . Pull up the liftgate to open.
The liftgate can be unlocked by:
. pushing the UNLOCK the key.
button on
. pushing the liftgate request switch (if so equipped).
. pushing the door handle request switch (if so equipped).
. pushing the power door lock switch to the unlock position.
To close the liftgate, pull down until it securely locks.
JVP0410X
LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER
If the liftgate cannot be opened with the power door lock switch due to a discharged battery, follow these steps.
1. Fold the rear seats down. See "Seats" (P.1-3).
2. Remove the cover plate from the lock using a suitable tool.
3. Move the release lever to the right using a suitable tool as illustrated. The liftgate will be unlatched.
4. Push the liftgate up to open.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for repair.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
WARNING
. Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling.
. Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a half of a turn, and wait for any "hissing" sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury. Then remove the cap.
. Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury.
JVP0540X
OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR
To open the fuel-filler door, pull the release handle located below the instrument panel. To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.
SPA2800
FUEL-FILLER CAP
To remove the fuel-filler cap: 1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-
wise to remove. 2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap
holder while refueling. To install the fuel-filler cap: 1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into
the fuel-filler tube. 2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise
until a single click is heard.
3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
WARNING
. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling.
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
. Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle.
. Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers:
-- Always place the container on the ground when filling.
-- Do not use electronic devices when filling.
-- Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it.
-- Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid.
CAUTION
. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage.
. Insert the cap straight into the
fuel-filler tube, then tighten until
the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to
tighten the fuel-filler cap properly
may cause the
malfunction
indicator light (MIL) to illuminate.
If the
light illuminates be-
cause the fuel-filler cap is loose
or missing, tighten or install the
cap and continue to drive the
vehicle. The light should turn
off after a few driving trips. If the
light does not turn off after a
few driving trips, have the vehicle
inspected. It is recommended you
visit a NISSAN dealer for this
service.
For additional information, see "Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)" (P.2-16).
. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message will be displayed if the fuel-filler cap is not properly tightened. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. Failure to tighten the fuelfiller cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29
TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
3. Push the OK button on the steering wheel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel cap.
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
JVP0503X
LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message
The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed on the vehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. To turn off the warning message, do the following procedure: 1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap
as soon as possible. For additional information, refer to "Fuel-filler cap" (P.3-28). 2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.
3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SUN VISORS
JVP0301X
TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATION
Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the desired position. Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place.
1. To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor .
2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side .
3. Slide the sun visor needed.
in or out as
CAUTION
. Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position.
. Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward.
SIC3739
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31
MIRRORS
SPA2447
INSIDE MIRROR
Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position.
SPA2143
Manual anti-glare type (if so equipped)
The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night. Use the day position when driving in daylight hours.
WARNING
Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view clarity.
3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2450-A
Automatic anti-glare type (if so equipped)
The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle.
The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
When the anti-glare system is turned on, the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced.
Push the "*" switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally. The
indicator light will turn off. Push the "I" switch to turn the system on.
Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in improper operation.
For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver operation, see "HomeLink® Universal Transceiver" (P.2-83).
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
Defrosting outside mirrors (if so equipped)
The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated. (See "Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch" (P.2-51).)
WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.
JVP0395X
Adjusting outside mirrors
The outside mirror control switch is located on the driver's armrest.
The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Move the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror , then adjust using the control switch.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33
MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)
The memory seat system has two features: . Memory storage function . Entry/exit function
SPA1829
Foldable outside mirrors
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle.
SIC3869
VANITY MIRROR
To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover.
3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
WAD0097X
MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION
Two positions for the driver's seat and outside mirrors can be stored in the memory switch. Follow these procedures to use the memory system.
1. Adjust the driver's seat and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For additional information, refer to "Seats" (P.1-3) and "Outside mirrors" (P.3-33).
2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).
3. The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approximately 5 seconds.
4. The chime will sound if the memory has been stored.
NOTE:
If a new memory position is stored in the same memory switch, the previous memory position will be overwritten by the new stored position.
Confirming memory storage
Push the SET switch. If a memory position has not been stored in the switch (1 or 2) the indicator light for the respective switch will come ON for approximately 0.5 seconds. If a memory position has been stored in the switch (1 or 2) then the indicator light for the respective switch will stay ON for approximately 5 seconds.
Linking an Intelligent Key to a stored memory position
Each Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position (memory switch 1 or 2) with the following procedure.
1. Follow steps 1-3 in the "Memory storage function" (P.3-35) for storing the memory position.
2. The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on. While the indicator light is on for 5 seconds,
press the button on the Intelligent Key. The indicator light of the linked memory switch will blink. After the indicator light goes off, the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting.
Once it is linked, when ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, pressing the
button on the Intelligent Key will move the driver's seat and outside mirrors to the linked memory switch position.
NOTE:
If a new memory position is stored in the linked memory switch, then the Intelligent Key will link the new position and overwrites the previous position.
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION
This system is designed so that the driver's seat will automatically move when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver's seat more easily.
The driver's seat will slide backward:
. When the driver's door is opened with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position.
. When the ignition switch is changed from ON to OFF with the driver's door open.
The driver's seat will return to the pre-
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35
vious position:
. When the ignition switch is turned to ON while the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
The entry/exit function can be adjusted or canceled through "Vehicle Settings" in the vehicle information display by performing the following:
. Switch the "Exit Seat Slide" from ON to OFF. For additional information, refer to "Vehicle Settings" (P.2-23).
SYSTEM OPERATION
The memory seat system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions:
. When the vehicle is moving. (The driver's seat returning function can be operated if the vehicle speed is below 4 MPH (7 km/h).)
. When any of the memory switches are pushed while the memory seat is operating.
. When the switch for the driver's seat is pushed while the memory seat is operating.
. When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position.
. When no seat position is stored in the memory switch.
. When the shift lever is moved from P (Park) to any other position.
3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
NissanConnect® Owner's Manual .................................... 4-2 RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ................................. 4-2
RearView Monitor system operation ..................... 4-3 How to read the displayed lines ................................ 4-3 Difference between predictive and actual distances ...................................................................... 4-4 How to park with predictive course lines .......... 4-6 Adjusting the screen ........................................................... 4-7 How to turn ON and OFF predictive course lines ................................................................................................. 4-7 RearView Monitor system limitations .................... 4-7 System maintenance .......................................................... 4-9 Intelligent Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) .................................................................................. 4-10 Intelligent Around View® Monitor system operation ................................................................ 4-11 Difference between predictive and actual distances ................................................................... 4-14 How to park with predictive course lines ....... 4-16 How to switch the display ........................................... 4-17 Adjusting the screen ........................................................ 4-18
Intelligent Around View® Monitor system limitations............................................................ 4-18 System maintenance .................................................... 4-20 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if so equipped) ................................................................................. 4-21 MOD system operation ................................................ 4-21 Turning MOD on and off ............................................ 4-23 MOD system limitations .............................................. 4-23 System maintenance .................................................... 4-24 Ventilators ...................................................................................... 4-25 Center ventilators ............................................................ 4-25 Side ventilators .................................................................. 4-25 Rear ventilators (if so equipped) .......................... 4-25 Heater and air conditioner ................................................ 4-26 Manual air conditioner and heater .................... 4-27 Automatic air conditioner and heater ............ 4-31 Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) ................................................................... 4-33 Servicing air conditioner ............................................. 4-33 Antenna ............................................................................................ 4-34 Car phone or CB radio ......................................................... 4-35
NISSANCONNECT® OWNER'S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)
For models with NissanConnect® system, refer to NissanConnect® Owner's Manual that includes the following information.
Available functions may vary depending on the models and specifications.
. Audio . Hands-Free Phone . Apple CarPlay® . Android AutoTM . NissanConnect® Services powered by
SiriusXM® . Navigation system . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on
NissanConnect®
1. CAMERA button
WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could
4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
WAE0016X
result in serious injury or death. . RearView Monitor is a conveni-
ence feature and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and look out the windows, and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operat-
ing the vehicle. Always back up slowly. . The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle. . The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.
The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) position. The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active.
JVH1585X
SAA1896
To display the rear view, the RearView Monitor system uses a camera located just above the vehicle's license plate .
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the RearView Monitor.
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line are displayed on the monitor.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Green line (if so equipped): approxi-
mately 10 ft (3 m)
Vehicle width guide lines :
Indicate the vehicle width when backing
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3
up.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and if the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position.
The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
JVH1159X
Backing up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is farther than it appears on the monitor.
4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
JVH1160X
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
position if the object projects over the actual backing up course.
SAA1923
Backing up near a projecting object
The predictive course lines do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.
SAA1980
Backing up behind a projecting object
The position is shown farther than the position in the display. However, the position is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES
WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures:
-- Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running.
-- Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.
. When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ON position, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.
SAA1897
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.
4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
WAE0465X
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predictive course lines enter the parking space .
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.
WAE0058X
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Push the MENU button.
2. Touch the "Settings" key and then touch the "Camera" key.
3. Touch the "Display Settings" key.
4. Touch the "Brightness", "Contrast", "Tint", "Color", or "Black Level" key.
5. Adjust the item by touching the "+" or "" key on the touch screen display.
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES
To turn the predictive course lines on and off when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, perform the following operation.
1. Push the MENU button
2. Touch the "Settings" key and then touch the "Camera" key.
3. Touch the "Predictive Course Lines" key to turn the feature ON or OFF.
Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position can also turn on and off the predictive course lines.
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The system cannot completely eliminate blind spots and may not show every object.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7
. Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation. The system will not show small objects below the bumper, and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground.
. Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.
. Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.
. Use the displayed lines as a reference. The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road conditions and road grade.
. Make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when backing up.
. Do not put anything on the rearview camera. The rearview camera is installed above the license plate.
. When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
. Do not strike the camera. It is a precision instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment.
. There may be a delay when switching between views.
. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.
. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.
The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display objects.
. When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.
. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.
. The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.
4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
JVH1585X
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera , RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped)
viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird's-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.
. The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.
WAE0016X
1. CAMERA button
WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for the proper use of the Intelligent Around
View® Monitor system could result in serious injury or death.
. The Intelligent Around View® Monitor is a convenience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be
4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
CAUTION
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.
The Intelligent Around View® Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views are available at all times. Available views:
. Front view The view to the front of the vehicle.
. Rear view The view to the rear of the vehicle.
. Bird's-eye view The views to the vehicle from above.
. Front-side view The view around and ahead of the front passenger's side wheel.
after the CAMERA button has been pushed with the shift lever in a position other than the R (Reverse) position.
Available views
WARNING
WAE0211X
To display the multiple views, the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system uses cameras located in the front grille, on the vehicle's outside mirrors and one just above the vehicle's license plate.
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA button on the instrument panel or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.
The screen displayed on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes
. The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.
. Use the displayed lines and the bird's-eye view as a reference. The lines and the bird's-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road condition and road grade.
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines and the bird'seye view may be displayed incorrectly.
. When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11
farther than they appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear.
. Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.
. Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.
. The displayed lines on the rear view will appear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle.
Front view
Rear view
4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
SAA1840 SAA1896
Front and rear view:
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line , are displayed on the monitor.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Green line (if so equipped): approxi-
mately 10 ft (3 m) Vehicle width guide lines :
Indicate the vehicle width.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. When the monitor displays the rear view, the predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor if the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position.
The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).
NOTE: . When the monitor displays the front
view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the straight ahead position, both the right and left predictive course lines
are displayed. When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, the predictive course line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn.
JVH1037X
Bird's-eye view:
The bird's-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predictive course to a parking space.
The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle. Note that the distance between objects viewed in the bird's-eye view differs from the actual distance.
The areas that the cameras cannot cover are indicated in black.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow for a few seconds after the bird's-eye view is displayed.
In addition, the non-viewable corners are displayed in red to remind the driver to be cautious. When the rear sonar is active, non-viewable corners for the rear side of the vehicle are not displayed. (See "Rear Sonar System (RSS)" (P.5-136).)
WARNING
. Objects in the bird's-eye view will appear farther than the actual distance.
. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views.
. Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed.
. The view for the bird's-eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters.
. A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13
SAA3571
Front-side view:
Guiding lines:
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.
The front-of-vehicle line front part of the vehicle.
shows the
The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirrors.
The extensions of both the front and side lines are shown with a green dotted line.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
JVH1159X
Backing up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is farther than it appears on the monitor.
JVH1160X
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
SAA1923
SAA3475
Backing up near a projecting object
The predictive course lines do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.
Backing up behind a projecting object
The position is shown farther than the position in the display. However, the position is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15
position if the object projects over the HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
actual moving course.
COURSE LINES
WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures:
-- Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running.
-- Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.
. When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ON position, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.
4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
SAA1897
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.
SAA1898
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predictive course lines enter the parking space .
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
With the ignition switch placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.
The Intelligent Around View® Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Push the CAMERA button to switch between the available views.
If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are:
. Rear view/bird's-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen . Rear view If the shift lever is in the out of R (Reverse) position, the available views are:
. Front view/bird's-eye view split screen . Front view/front-side view split screen The display will switch from the Intelligent Around View® Monitor screen when:
. The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).
. A different screen is selected.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
WAE0058X
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Push the MENU button.
2. Touch the "Settings" key and then touch the "Camera" key.
3. Touch the "Display Settings" key.
4. Touch the "Brightness", "Contrast", "Tint", "Color", or "Black Level" key.
5. Adjust the item by touching the "+" or "" key on the touch screen display.
NOTE:
Do not adjust the display settings of the Intelligent Around View® Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.
Listed below are the system limitations for Intelligent Around View® Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Do not use the Intelligent Around View® Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.
. The apparent distance between objects viewed on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor differs from the actual distance.
. The cameras are installed above the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put anything on the cameras.
. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras.
4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
. Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
WAE0060X
There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects. When in the front or the rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed . When in the bird's-eye view, a tall object near the seam of the camera viewing areas will
not appear in the monitor.
The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:
. There may be a delay when switching between views.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly.
. When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.
. The colors of objects on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.
. Objects on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment.
. There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird's-eye view.
. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.
WAE0056X
System temporarily unavailable
When the " " icon is displayed on the screen, there will be abnormal conditions in the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19
cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
WAE0057X
When the " " icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
WAE0211X
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)
1. CAMERA button
WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Moving Object Detection
always use the outside mirror and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver.
. The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
. The MOD system is not designed to detect the surrounding stationary objects.
The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when driving out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances.
The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display.
MOD SYSTEM OPERATION
The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions:
WAE0016X
system could result in serious injury or death. . The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with objects surrounding the vehicle. When maneuvering,
. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
. When the CAMERA button is pushed to activate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system on the display.
. When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).
The MOD system operates in the following conditions when the camera view is
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21
displayed:
. When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system detects the moving objects in the bird's-eye view. The MOD system will not operate if either door is opened. If outside mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate properly.
. When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position, and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view.
. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view. The MOD system will not operate if the liftgate is open.
The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view.
NOTE:
While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) is beeping, the MOD system does not chime.
When the MOD system detects a moving object near the vehicle, the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the object is detected and a chime will sound once. While the MOD system continues to detect moving objects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.
4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
Front and bird's-eye views
JVH1256X
Rear and bird's-eye views
JVH0873X
Rear and front-side views
JVH1257X
Rear view
WAE0067X
In the bird's-eye view, the yellow frame is displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected.
The yellow frame is displayed on each view in the front view and rear view modes.
A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative.
may not be heard.
. The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental conditions and surrounding objects such as:
-- When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects.
-- When there is blinking source of light.
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon is not displayed.
TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
The MOD system can be turned on and off using the vehicle information display. (See "Driver Assistance" (P.2-21).)
MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it
-- When strong light such as another vehicle's headlight or sunlight is present.
-- When camera orientation is not in its usual position, such as when the outside mirror is folded.
-- When there is dirt, water drops or snow on the camera lens.
-- When the position of the moving objects in the display is not changed.
. The MOD system might detect flowing water droplets on the camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc.
. The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed, direction, distance or
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23
shape of the moving objects.
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.
diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
NOTE:
The blue MOD icon will change to orange if one of the following has occurred. . When the system is malfunctioning. . When the component temperature
reaches a high level (icon will blink).
. When the rear view camera has detected a blockage (icon will blink).
If the icon light continues to illuminate orange, have the MOD system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
WAE0211X
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the MOD system may not operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a
4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
VENTILATORS
JVH0662X
CENTER VENTILATORS
Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the control to this direction will open the ventilators.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed. Moving the control to this direction will close the ventilators.
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.
JVH0663X
SIDE VENTILATORS
Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the control to this direction will open the ventilators.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed. Moving the control to this direction will close the ventilators.
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.
JVH0879X
REAR VENTILATORS (if so equipped)
Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the side control to this direction will open the ventilators.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed. Moving the side control to this direction will close the ventilators.
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
WARNING
. The heater and air conditioner operate only when the engine is running.
. Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.
. Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up.
. Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air blower will operate even if the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
NOTE: . Odors from inside and outside the
vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the ventilators.
. When parking, set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.
4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
1. A/C button/Fan speed control
dial
2. Air flow control buttons
3. MAX A/C button/Temperature control dial
4. Front defroster
button
5. Rear defroster
button (See "Rear
window and outside mirror defroster
switch" (P.2-51).)
6. Air recirculation
button
Temperature control:
Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool temperature.
JVH0664X
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER AND HEATER
Controls
Turning system on/off:
To turn on the system, turn the fan speed
control
dial out of the OFF position.
Turn the dial counterclockwise to the OFF
position to turn off the system.
Fan speed control:
Turn the fan speed control
dial
clockwise to increase the fan speed.
Turn the fan speed control
dial
counterclockwise to decrease the fan
speed.
Air flow control:
Push one of the air flow control buttons to select the air flow outlets.
-- Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators.
-- Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators and foot outlets.
-- Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster.
-- Air flows mainly from the defroster and foot outlets.
Air intake control:
The air intake control mode will change each time the air recirculation button is pushed.
. When the indicator light is turned on, the air recirculates inside the vehicle.
. When the indicator light is turned off, the air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27
A/C (Air Conditioner) operation:
Push the A/C button to turn on or off the air conditioner. When the air conditioner is on, the A/C indicator light on the button illuminates.
MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) operation:
Push the MAX A/C button for maximum cooling and dehumidifying.
When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, the air flow mode indicator will turn off with the air flow mode fixed at .
At the same time, the indicator light on the A/C button and the air recirculation mode will turn on.
Push the MAX A/C button again to turn off the MAX A/C mode. When the MAX A/C mode is turned off, most of the settings will return to the previous state, while the indicator light on the A/C button will stay on.
Heater operation
Heating:
This mode is used to direct heated air from the foot outlets. Some air also flows from the defroster outlets and the side ventilator outlets.
1. Push the air recirculation
button
for normal heating. (The indicator light
will turn off.)
2. Push the
button. (The indicator
light will turn on.)
3. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position.
Ventilation:
This mode directs outside air from the side and center ventilators.
1. Push the air recirculation button. (The indicator light will turn off.)
2. Push the
button. (The indicator
light will turn on.)
3. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position.
Defrosting or defogging:
This mode directs the air to the defroster outlets to defrost/defog the windows.
1. Push the front defroster
button.
(The indicator light will turn on.)
2. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
3. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position.
To remove frost from the windshield quickly, turn the temperature control dial to the maximum hot (right) position and the fan speed control dial to the maximum position.
When the front defroster mode is selected, the air conditioner automatically turns on if the outside temperature is more than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield. The air recirculation indicator automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance. The recirculation mode cannot be activated in the front defroster mode.
4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
Bi-level heating:
The bi-level mode directs warmed air to the side and center ventilators and to the front and rear floor outlets.
1. Push the air recirculation button. (The indicator light will turn off.)
2. Push the
button. (The indicator
light will turn on.)
3. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position.
Heating and defogging:
This mode heats the interior and defogs the windows.
1. Push the
button. (The indicator
light will turn on.)
2. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
3. Turn the temperature control dial to the maximum hot (right) position.
When the
button is pushed, the air
conditioner automatically turns on if the
outside temperature is more than 36°F
(2°C). This dehumidifies the air which
helps defog the windshield. The air re-
circulation indicator automatically turns
off, allowing outside air to be drawn into
the passenger compartment to further
improve the defogging performance.
NOTE:
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield. This improves heater operation.
pushed, it will activate the air recirculation mode. The amount of air coming through the ventilators is the highest it can go when in MAX A/C mode regardless of the position of the fan speed control dial.
Dehumidified heating:
Air conditioner operation
Start the engine, turn the fan speed
control
dial to the desired position,
and push the A/C button to activate the
air conditioner. When the air conditioner
is on, cooling and dehumidifying func-
tions are added to the heater operation.
The air conditioner cooling function op-
erates only when the engine is running.
Cooling:
This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.
1. Push the
button. (The indicator
light will turn on.)
2. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator light will turn on.)
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the cool (left) position.
For quick cooling, push the MAX A/C button. When the MAX A/C button is
This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air.
1. Push the air recirculation button. (The indicator light will turn off.)
2. Push the
button. (The indicator
light will turn on.)
3. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator light will turn on.)
5. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position.
Dehumidified defogging:
This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air.
1. Push the front defroster
button.
(The indicator light will turn on.)
2. Turn the fan speed control the desired position.
dial to
3. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position.
When the front defroster or mode is
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29
selected, the air conditioner automatically turns on if the outside temperature is more than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance.
the air conditioner off. (See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-16).)
The air conditioner is always on in front
defroster or
mode, regardless of
whether the indicator light is on or off.
NOTE: . The air conditioner system should
be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.
. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
. If the engine coolant temperature becomes too high, the air recirculation mode will be activated and the indicator light will come on automatically.
. If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range, turn
4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
1. Front defroster
button
2. ON·OFF button/Temperature control dial (driver side)
3. MODE button
4. Display screen
5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button
6. DUAL button/Temperature control dial (passenger side)
7. Rear defroster
button (See "Rear
window and outside mirror defroster
switch" (P.2-51).)
8. Air recirculation
button
9. Fan speed control
button
10. AUTO button
11. Outside air circulation
button
JVH0665X
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER AND HEATER
Automatic operation (AUTO)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls the air conditioner to a constant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed after the desired temperature is set manually.
Cooling and dehumidified heating: 1. Push the AUTO button (the indicator
light will turn on).
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.
. When the DUAL indicator light is not illuminated, pushing the DUAL button (the indicator light will turn on) allows the user to independently change the driver and passenger side temperatures with the corresponding temperature control dial.
. To cancel the separate temperature setting, push the DUAL button (the indicator light will turn off) and the driver's side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver and passenger sides.
The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.
A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot and humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:
1. Push the front defroster
button
(The indicator light on the front
defroster button will illuminate).
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.
. To quickly remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield, set the temperature and the fan speed to the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31
maximum levels.
. After the windshield is cleared, push the AUTO button (the AUTO indicator light will turn on).
. When the front defroster button is pushed, the air conditioner will turn on when the outside air temperature is above approximately 36°F (2°C) to
-- Air flows mainly from the center and side ventilators.
-- Air flows mainly from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.
-- Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster.
-- Air flows mainly from the front defroster outlets and foot outlets.
defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode will automatically turn off. The outside air circulation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance.
Do not set the temperature too low when the front defroster mode is on (the indicator light is illuminated), because doing so may fog up the windshield.
Manual operation
Temperature control:
Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.
. When the DUAL indicator light is not illuminated, pushing the DUAL button (the indicator light will turn on) allows the user to independently change the driver and passenger side temperatures with the corresponding temperature control dial.
The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings.
Fan speed control:
Also turning the passenger's side temperature control dial changes only the front passenger's side temperature. (The DUAL indicator light will illuminate and DUAL will appear on
Push the fan speed control button (
side or
side) to manually control the
fan speed.
Push the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode.
Air flow control: Push the MODE button to select the
the display.)
. To cancel the separate temperature setting, push the DUAL button (the indicator light will turn off) and the driver's side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver and passenger sides.
desired mode:
4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
Air intake control:
. Push the air recirculation
button
to recirculate interior air inside the
vehicle. The indicator light on the
button will come on.
The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode.
. Push the outside air circulation button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment. The indicator light on the button will come on.
. To control the air intake automatically,
push and hold either the air recircula-
tion
button or the outside air
circulation button (whichever but-
ton with the indicator light illumi-
nated). The indicator lights (both air
recirculation
and outside air cir-
culation
buttons) will flash twice,
and then the air intake will switch to
automatic control. When the auto-
matic control is set, the system auto-
matically alternates between the
outside air circulation and the air
recirculation modes. (The indicator
light of the active mode will turn on.)
NOTE:
Even if the system is manually set to the air recirculation mode, when both outside temperature and coolant temperature are low, the system may
automatically switch to the outside air circulation mode.
To turn the system off:
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the ON·OFF button.
Push the ON·OFF button again, the system will turn on in the mode which was used immediately before the system was turned off.
Remote engine start logic (if so equipped)
When the remote engine start function is activated, the vehicles equipped with the automatic air conditioner and heater may go into automatic heating or cooling mode depending on the outside and cabin temperatures. During this period, the display and the buttons will be inoperable until the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. When the temperature is low, the rear defroster and the heated steering wheel (if so equipped) may also be activated automatically with the activation of the remote engine start function. (See "Remote engine start" (P.3-23).)
JVH0727X
OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air conditioner)
When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds. However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally.
The sensors and , located on the instrument panel, help maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around the sensors.
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER
WARNING
The air conditioner system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment.
JVH0728X
The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind.
This refrigerant will not harm the earth's ozone layer. However, it may
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33
ANTENNA
contribute in a small part to global warming.
Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your vehicle's air conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioner system. (See "Air conditioning system refrigerant and oil recommendations" (P.10-6).)
A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioner system.
In-cabin microfilter
The air conditioner system is equipped with an in-cabin microfilter. To make sure the air conditioner heats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter according the specified maintenance intervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. It is recommended to visit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter.
The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner.
SAA2374
To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of the antenna and turn it counterclockwise. To install the antenna, turn the antenna clockwise and tighten.
CAUTION
. To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna, be sure to remove the antenna under the following conditions. -- The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling.
-- The vehicle is covered with a car cover.
. Be sure that antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash.
. Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation. Otherwise, the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation.
4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following precautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness.
WARNING
. A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving.
. If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the handsfree cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
. If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.
CAUTION
. Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules.
. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harness. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness.
. Adjust the antenna standingwave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.
. Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.
. For details, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35
MEMO 4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................ 5-4 Three-way catalyst ............................................................... 5-4 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5 Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-8 On-pavement and off-road driving precautions .............................................................. 5-9 Off-road recovery .................................................................. 5-9 Rapid air pressure loss ...................................................... 5-9 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ..................... 5-10 Driving safety precautions .......................................... 5-10
Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) .................................................................................... 5-12
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ............................................................ 5-13 Manual Transmission (MT) ........................................... 5-13 Key positions .......................................................................... 5-14 Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) .......................................................... 5-14 Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-14 Push-button ignition switch operation ............. 5-15 Push-button ignition switch positions .............. 5-16 Emergency engine shut off ........................................ 5-16 Intelligent Key battery discharge ........................... 5-17 Before starting the engine ................................................. 5-17
Starting the engine (model without Intelligent Key system) ................................................................................... 5-18 Starting the engine (model with Intelligent Key system) ................................................................................... 5-19
Remote engine start (if so equipped) .............. 5-20 Driving the vehicle ................................................................... 5-20
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ......................................................... 5-20 Manual Transmission (MT) ........................................ 5-25 Parking brake ............................................................................... 5-27 Pedal type ............................................................................... 5-27 Switch type (models with electronic parking brake system) ...................................................................... 5-27 Automatic brake hold (if so equipped).................... 5-29 How to activate/deactivate the automatic brake hold function ........................................................ 5-30 How to use the automatic brake hold function ........................................................................ 5-31 SPORT mode switch (if so equipped) ....................... 5-32 ECO mode system ................................................................... 5-32 ECO Pedal Guide function ......................................... 5-33 Ambient ECO ........................................................................ 5-34 ECO Drive Report .............................................................. 5-34 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ..................................... 5-35 LDW system operation ................................................. 5-36 How to enable/disable the LDW system ....... 5-37
LDW system limitations .................................................. 5-37 System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-38 System malfunction .......................................................... 5-39 System maintenance ....................................................... 5-39 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ................................ 5-40 I-LI system operation ....................................................... 5-41 How to enable/disable the I-LI system ............. 5-42 I-LI system limitations ..................................................... 5-43 System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-44 System malfunction .......................................................... 5-45 System maintenance ....................................................... 5-45 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ................................................... 5-46 BSW system operation ................................................... 5-47 How to enable/disable the BSW system .......... 5-48 BSW system limitations .................................................. 5-48 BSW driving situations .................................................... 5-49 System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-52 System malfunction .......................................................... 5-53 System maintenance ....................................................... 5-53 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ....................................... 5-54 RCTA system operation ................................................. 5-55 How to enable/disable the RCTA system ....... 5-57 RCTA system limitations ............................................... 5-58 System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-60 System malfunction .......................................................... 5-61 System maintenance ....................................................... 5-61 Cruise control (if so equipped) ....................................... 5-62 Precautions on cruise control .................................. 5-63 Cruise control operations ............................................ 5-63
ProPILOT assist (if so equipped) ................................... 5-64
ProPILOT assist system operation ..................... 5-66
ProPILOT assist switches ........................................... 5-67
ProPILOT assist system display and indicators ..................................................................... 5-68
Turning the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ON ............................................. 5-69
Operating ProPILOT assist ........................................ 5-69
How to enable/disable the steering assist ..................................................................... 5-73
How to cancel the ProPILOT assist system ....................................................................... 5-75
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) .............................. 5-75
Steering assist .................................................................... 5-84
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ....................................................................... 5-91
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) (if so equipped) ................................................................................. 5-94
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system operation ............................................................. 5-95
Attention level indicator ............................................. 5-95
How to enable/disable the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system ................................ 5-96
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system limitations............................................................ 5-96
System malfunction ....................................................... 5-97
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system .......................................... 5-97
AEB with pedestrian detection system operation ............................................................. 5-98
Turning the AEB with pedestrian detection system ON/OFF ................................................................ 5-100 AEB with pedestrian detection system limitations .......................................................... 5-101 System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-104 System malfunction ...................................................... 5-105 System maintenance ................................................... 5-106 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) ....................................................................... 5-107 I-FCW system operation ............................................ 5-109 Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ................. 5-110 I-FCW system limitations .......................................... 5-112 System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-114 System malfunction ...................................................... 5-114 System maintenance ................................................... 5-115 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) .................................... 5-116 RAB system operation ................................................ 5-117 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...................... 5-117 RAB system limitations .............................................. 5-119 System malfunction ...................................................... 5-121 System maintenance ................................................... 5-121 Break-in schedule ................................................................. 5-122 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ................................................ 5-122 Increasing fuel economy ................................................. 5-123 Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped)................................... 5-123 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch operations ...... 5-125 Parking/parking on hills ................................................... 5-127
Electric power steering .................................................... 5-128 Brake system ........................................................................... 5-129
Braking precautions ................................................... 5-129 Brake assist ............................................................................... 5-130
Brake assist ....................................................................... 5-130 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-130 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .............. 5-131 Chassis control ....................................................................... 5-133 Intelligent Trace Control ......................................... 5-133 Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) .......... 5-134 Active Ride Control ..................................................... 5-135 Hill Start Assist system ..................................................... 5-136 Rear Sonar System (RSS) ................................................ 5-136 System operation ......................................................... 5-137 How to enable/disable the RSS ........................ 5-139 RSS limitations ................................................................ 5-140 System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-140 System maintenance ................................................ 5-140 Cold weather driving ......................................................... 5-141 Freeing a frozen door lock ................................... 5-141 Anti-freeze .......................................................................... 5-141 Battery................................................................................... 5-141 Draining of coolant water ..................................... 5-141 Tire equipment ............................................................... 5-141 Special winter equipment ..................................... 5-142 Driving on snow or ice ............................................. 5-142
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING
WARNING
. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)
WARNING
. Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon mon-
5-4 Starting and driving
oxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
. If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately.
. Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage.
. Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for an extended period of time.
. Keep the liftgate closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gas could be drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the liftgate open, follow these precautions:
-- Open all the windows.
-- Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air.
. If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage, follow the manufacturer's recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle. (Some recreational vehicle appliances such as stoves,
refrigerators, heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.) . The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever: -- Your vehicle is raised while
being serviced.
-- You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment.
-- You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system.
-- You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the vehicle.
THREE-WAY CATALYST
The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.
WARNING
. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep people, animals and flammable materials
away from the exhaust system components.
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
CAUTION
. Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three-way catalyst's ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants.
. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected. Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the three-way catalyst.
. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires
Starting and driving 5-5
or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Additional information
. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not equipped with the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.
. The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).
. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.
. The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning turns off when the low tire pressure
5-6 Starting and driving
warning light turns off. The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction. . Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle's operation and the outside temperature. Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving. Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature, check the tire pressure for all four tires. For additional information, see "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.2-14) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.63).
WARNING
. If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the
vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire (if so equipped) or repair it using the emergency tire puncture repair kit (if so equipped) as soon as possible. (See "Flat tire" (P.6-3) for changing a flat tire.)
. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors (models without emergency tire puncture repair kit).
. NISSAN recommends using only Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. Visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible after using tire repair sealant (models with emergency tire puncture repair kit).
CAUTION
. The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.
. Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Some examples are:
. Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle.
. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.
. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle.
Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS.
. If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered.
. If the wheel is not originally specified by NISSAN.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Starting and driving 5-7
TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert
When adding air to an under-inflated tire, the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure.
Vehicle set-up:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position (CVT model) or N (Neutral) position (MT model).
3. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. Do not start the engine.
Operation:
1. Add air to the tire.
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing.
3. When the designated pressure is reached, the horn beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing.
4. Perform the above steps for each tire.
. If the tire is over-inflated more than approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times. To correct the pressure, push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure. When the
5-8 Starting and driving
pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once.
. If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, it indicates that the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating.
. The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions:
-- If there is interference from an external device or transmitter
-- The air pressure from the inflation device such as those using a power socket is not sufficient to inflate the tire
-- If an electrical equipment is being used in or near the vehicle
-- There is a malfunction in the TPMS system
-- There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard indicators
. If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1m) backward or forward and try again.
If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.
AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER
WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers, because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in "Seat belts" (P.1-12) of this manual, and also instruct your passengers to do so.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted
person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
They have higher ground clearance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, allowing you to anticipate problems. However, they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars any more than lowslung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.
Be sure to read "Driving safety precautions" (P.5-10).
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
If the right side or left side wheels leave the road surface, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane.
. If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
Rapid air pressure loss or a "blow-out" can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage. See "Wheels and tires" (P.8-29) of this manual.
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or "blows-out" while driving, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
Starting and driving 5-9
WARNING
The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury.
. The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire.
. Do not rapidly apply the brakes. . Do not rapidly release the accel-
erator pedal. . Do not rapidly turn the steering
wheel.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact. 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course. 3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible.
5-10 Starting and driving
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see "Changing a flat tire (models with spare tire)" (P.6-4) of this Owner's Manual.
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING
WARNING
Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to
be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol.
Remember, drinking and driving don't mix! And that is true for drugs, too (overthe-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Don't drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.
DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Your vehicle is designed for both normal and off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep water or mud as your vehicle is mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road vehicle.
Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models are less capable than All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or the like.
Please observe the following precautions:
WARNING
. Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened. This will
keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain.
. Do not drive across steep slopes. Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes. Offroad vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward.
. Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. If you drive up them, you may stall. If you drive down them, you may not be able to control your speed. If you drive across them, you may roll over.
. Do not shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle.
. Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill. At the top there could be a drop-off or other hazard that could cause an accident.
. If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill, never attempt to turn around. Your vehicle could tip or roll over. Always back straight down in R (Reverse) range. Never back down in N (Neutral), using only the brake, as this could cause loss of
control.
. Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade, resulting in loss of control and an accident. Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed.
. Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain. Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers.
. To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively, do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack (if so equipped) and evenly distribute the load. Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual. This could cause your vehicle to roll over.
. Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands. Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim.
. Before operating the vehicle, ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened.
. Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may became hot.
. Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds. With a higher center of gravity, your vehicle is more affected by strong side winds. Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control.
. Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires, even with AWD engaged.
. For AWD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing), or
Starting and driving 5-11
similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface, do not spin the wheel excessively (AWD model).
. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control.
. If at all possible, avoid sharp turning maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. Your vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a conventional passenger car. The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and/or a rollover accident.
5-12 Starting and driving
. Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Install traction devices on the front wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully.
. Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water. See "Brake system" (P.5129) for wet brakes.
. Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward, backward or sideways, you could be injured.
. Whenever you drive off-road through sand, mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, more frequent maintenance may be required. See the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
. Spinning the front wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the AWD warning message to display and the AWD system to automatically switch from the AWD mode to the 2WD mode. This could reduce traction. (AWD models)
IGNITION SWITCH (models without Intelligent Key system)
WARNING
Never remove the key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving. The steering wheel will lock and could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. This could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction.
3. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position.
4. Remove the key.
If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position, the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position. The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position with the foot brake pedal depressed.
JVS1067X
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position. When moving the ignition switch to the LOCK position, to remove the key from the ignition switch, make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
JVS1067X
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)
The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driving. The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position.
Starting and driving 5-13
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (model with Intelligent Key system)
KEY POSITIONS LOCK: Normal parking position (0) OFF: (Not used) (1)
This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running.
ON: Normal operating position (2)
This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories.
START: (3)
This position starts the engine. As soon as the engine has started, release the key. It automatically returns to the ON position.
5-14 Starting and driving
WARNING
Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury.
Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (for Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (for Manual Transmission (MT) models).
SSD0436
OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range .
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system's operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition switch to
start the engine.
. The cargo room area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
CAUTION
. Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of time when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the engine is not running. This can discharge the battery.
. Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. If you must use accessories while the engine is not running, do not use them for extended periods of time and do not use multiple electrical accessories at the same
time.
JVS0937X
When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal (CVT models) or the clutch pedal (MT models), the ignition switch will illuminate. Push the ignition switch center: . once to change to ON. . two times to change to OFF. The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the switch in the OFF position.
Starting and driving 5-15
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position.
When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the OFF position, proceed as follows:
1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position.
2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch position will change to the ON position.
3. Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position.
The shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS
LOCK (Normal parking position)
The ignition switch can only be locked at this position.
The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off.
ON (Normal operating position)
The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate at this position without the engine turned on.
The ON position has a battery saver feature that will place the ignition switch in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not running, after some time under the following conditions:
. all doors are closed. . shift lever is in P (Park) position (CVT
model) or N (Neutral) position (MT model). The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur:
. any door is opened. . shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)
position (CVT model). . ignition switch changes position.
OFF position
The engine is turned off in this position.
Auto ACC position
With the vehicle in the P (Park) position (CVT models) or the N (Neutral) position (MT models), the Intelligent Key with you and the ignition placed from ON to OFF, the radio can still be used for a period of time, or until the driver's door is opened. After a period of time, functions such as radio, navigation (if so equipped), and Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System may be restarted by turning on the audio system (see the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual), or by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for up to a total of 30 minutes.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.
5-16 Starting and driving
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
JVS0404X
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, start the engine according to the following procedure:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (for CVT models) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (for MT models).
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The engine will start.
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will change to ACC.
NOTE: . When the ignition switch is pushed
to the ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures, the "Key Battery Low" warning appears (on the Vehicle information display) even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the warning, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.
. If the "Key Battery Low" warning appears (on the Vehicle information display), replace the battery as soon as possible. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-23).)
. Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.
. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as frequently as possible, or at least whenever you refuel.
. Check that all windows and lights are clean.
. Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation.
. Lock all doors.
. Position seat and adjust head restraints.
. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise.
. Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. (See "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.2-10).)
Starting and driving 5-17
STARTING THE ENGINE (model without Intelligent Key system)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed so that it does not operate unless the shift lever is in either of the above positions.
Manual Transmission (MT) model:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position, and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while starting the engine.
3. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START. Release the switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure. . If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it and then crank the engine. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts. . If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Crank the engine for 5 - 6 seconds. After cranking the
5-18 Starting and driving
engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START. Release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, turn the ignition switch off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be damaged.
Do not turn the ignition switch to the START position unless the engine and starter have stopped moving. Attempting to start the engine while the engine or starter is moving may cause damage.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. In cold weather, keep the engine running for
a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start.
5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position (CVT model) or N (Neutral) position (MT model) and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
STARTING THE ENGINE (model with Intelligent Key system)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either of the above positions.
Manual Transmission (MT) model:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor.
The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed.
The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch.
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. Depress the brake pedal (CVT models) or the clutch pedal (MT models) and push the ignition switch to start the engine.
To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal (CVT models) or the clutch pedal (MT models) with the ignition switch in any position. . If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when
restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and while holding, crank the engine. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts. . If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF. After cranking the engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push-button ignition switch to start the engine. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. In cold weather, keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start.
When racing the engine up to 4,000 rpm or more under no load condition, the engine will enter the fuel cut mode.
5. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (CVT models) or move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MT models), and push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
Starting and driving 5-19
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)
Vehicles started with the remote engine start function require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) position. To place the ignition switch in the ON position, perform the following steps: 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is
carried with you. 2. Depress the brake pedal. 3. Push the ignition switch once to the
ON position. For additional information about the remote engine start function, see "Remote engine start" (P.3-23).
5-20 Starting and driving
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation.
The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.
Engine power may be automatically reduced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers.
Starting the vehicle
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P (Park) position.
This CVT is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P (Park) to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF
position.
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving position.
3. Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.
WARNING
. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or manual shift mode. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident.
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up.
. Never shift to either the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position while vehicle is moving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive) while the vehicle is reversing. This could cause an accident or damage the transmission.
. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.
CAUTION
. To avoid possible damage to your vehicle; when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose.
. Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.
WARNING
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
JVS1025X
Shifting
To move the shift lever,
:
Push the button while depressing the brake pedal.
: Push the button .
: Just move the shift lever.
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake pedal, push the shift lever button and move the shift lever from the P (Park) position to any of the desired shift positions.
CAUTION
Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.
If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the shift lever is in any positions other than the P (Park), the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position. If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position, perform the following steps: 1. Apply the parking brake when the
vehicle is stopped. 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position while depressing the foot
Starting and driving 5-21
brake pedal. 3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position. 4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
position.
CAUTION
To prevent transmission damage, move the shift lever to the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.
P (Park): Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N (Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
R (Reverse): Use this position to back up. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the
5-22 Starting and driving
shift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driving position to R (Reverse).
N (Neutral):
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.
D (Drive):
Use this position for all normal forward driving.
Manual shift mode
When the shift lever is shifted from the D (Drive) position to the manual shift gate, the transmission enters the manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down.
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter.
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:
M1
? M2 ? M3 //
? M4 /
? M5 /
? M6 /
? /
M7
? M8 /
. When shifting up, move the shift lever to the + (up) side. The transmission shifts to a higher range.
. When shifting down, move the shift lever to the - (down) side. The transmission shifts to a lower range.
. Moving the shift lever to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession. However, if this motion is rapidly done, the second shifting may not be completed properly.
. When canceling the manual shift mode, return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The transmission returns to the normal driving mode.
M8 (8th):
Use this position for all normal forward driving.
However, you need to shift down the gears manually when accelerating or passing another vehicle.
M7 (7th), M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):
Use these positions when driving up long slopes, or for engine braking when driving down long slopes.
M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd) :
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades.
M1 (1st):
Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.
. Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M7 range. This reduces fuel economy.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission may not shift to the selected range. This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop. When accelerating again, it is necessary to shift up to the desired range.
. When the CVT fluid temperature is extremely low, the manual shift mode may not work and automatically shift as a drive mode. This is not a malfunction. In this case, return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position and drive for a while and then shift to the manual shift mode.
. When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the shift range may upshift at a lower engine speed than usual. This is
not a malfunction.
Accelerator downshift -- In D position --
For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed.
High fluid temperature protection mode
This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode. If the fluid temperature becomes too high (for example, when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads), engine power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited.
Fail-safe
If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated. The MIL may illuminate to indicate the fail-safe mode is activated. (See "Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)" (P.2-16).) This will occur even if all electrical
circuits are functioning properly. In this case, place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds. Then turn the switch back to the ON position. The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition. If it does not return to its normal operating condition, have the transmission checked and repaired, if necessary. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WARNING
When the high fluid temperature protection mode or fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually reduced. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation, or have it repaired if necessary.
Starting and driving 5-23
Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)
The Adaptive Shift Control automatically operates when the transmission is in the "D" (Drive) position and selects an appropriate gear depending on the road conditions such as uphill or downhill.
Control on uphill and curving roads:
A low gear is maintained that suits the degree of the slope to allow smooth driving with a small number of shifts.
Control on downhill roads:
The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a low gear that suits the degree of the slope when the accelerator pedal is depressed, and uses the engine braking to help driving in the downhill.
Control on winding roads:
A low gear is maintained on continuous curves that involve repeated acceleration and deceleration, so that smooth acceleration is available instantly when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE: . Adaptive Shift Control may not op-
erate when the transmission oil temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it is very hot.
. During some driving situations, hard braking for example, the Adaptive Shift Control may automatically operate. The transmission may automatically shift to a lower gear for engine braking. This increases engine speed but not vehicle speed. Vehicle speed is controlled by the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is in the Adaptive Shift Control mode.
. When the Adaptive Shift Control operates, the transmission sometimes maintains a lower gear for a longer period of time than when Adaptive Shift Control is not operating. Engine speed will be higher for a specific vehicle speed while Adaptive Shift Control is operating than when Adaptive Shift Control is not operating.
JVS0392X
Shift lock release
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the shift lever may not be moved from the P (Park) position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed.
To move the shift lever, perform the following procedure:
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Remove the shift lock release cover (shown in the illustration above) using a suitable tool.
5-24 Starting and driving
4. Insert the mechanical key and push down the shift lock release.
5. Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position while holding down the shift lock release.
Place the ignition switch in the ON position. The vehicle may be moved to the desired location.
Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation.
If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position, have the CVT system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WARNING
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not work. Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)
WARNING
. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.
. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear. This may cause a loss of control or engine damage.
. When the high fluid temperature protection mode or fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually reduced. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation, or have it repaired if necessary.
CAUTION
. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This
may damage the clutch. . Fully depress the clutch pedal
before shifting to help prevent transmission damage. . Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R (Reverse). . When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time, for example at a stop light, shift to N (Neutral) and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied.
Starting and driving 5-25
SSD0552
Shifting
To change gears, or when upshifting or downshifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal.
To ensure smooth gear changes, be sure to fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise may be heard. Transmission damage could occur.
Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed.
5-26 Starting and driving
To back up, pull the shift lever ring upward and then move it to the R (Reverse) gear after stopping the vehicle completely.
The shift lever ring returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral) position.
If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R (Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N (Neutral) position, and then release the clutch pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into the R (Reverse) or 1st gear.
Suggested maximum speed in each gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and drive according to the road conditions, which will ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
MPH (km/h) 28 (46) 50 (81) 70 (112) 90 (145) -- --
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING
. Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate and will lead to an accident.
. Never release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible to push the foot brake pedal and will lead to an accident.
. Never use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully applied.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
SPA2331
PEDAL TYPE
To apply the parking brake, firmly depress the parking brake pedal .
To release the parking brake, depress and hold the foot brake and then fully depress and release the parking brake pedal .
Before driving, be sure that the brake warning light has turned off.
JVP0498X
SWITCH TYPE (models with electronic parking brake system)
The electronic parking brake can be applied or released automatically or by operating the parking brake switch.
Automatic operation
With the vehicle stationary, the electronic parking brake is automatically applied when the engine is turned off with the ignition switch.
For the model with the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will apply automatically if the ignition switch is placed in the "OFF" position when the brake force is maintained by
Starting and driving 5-27
automatic brake hold function.
The electronic parking brake is automatically released as soon as the vehicle starts while the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
. The electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied when the engine is stopped without using the ignition switch (for example, by engine stalling).
Without the vehicle stationary, the electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied even if the engine is turned off with the ignition switch.
. Before leaving the vehicle, move the shift lever to the 1 (1st) or R (Reverse) position and check that the electronic parking brake indicator light is illuminated to confirm that the electronic parking brake is applied. The electronic parking brake indicator light will remain on for a period of time after the driver's door is locked.
CAUTION
When parking in an area where the outside temperature is below 32°F (0°C), do not apply the parking brake to prevent it from freezing.
For safe parking, place the shift lever in the 1 (1st) or R (Reverse) position and securely block the wheels.
NOTE: . To keep the electronic parking brake
released after the engine is turned off, place the ignition switch in the OFF position, depress the brake pedal and push down the parking brake switch before opening the driver's door. . If a malfunction occurs in the electronic parking brake system (for example, due to battery discharge), it is recommended to contact a NISSAN dealer. . If the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position when the brake force is maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will apply automatically.
. If the driver's seat belt is unfastened when the brake force is maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will apply automatically.
. If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position when the brake force is maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will apply automatically.
Manual operation
The electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied if the engine is stopped without using the ignition switch (for example, by engine stalling). In such a case, you have to apply the parking brake manually.
To apply: Pull the switch up . The indicator light will illuminate.
To release: With the ignition switch in the ON position, depress the brake pedal and push the switch down . The indicator light will turn off.
Before driving, check that the electronic
parking brake indicator light
goes
out. For additional information, see
"Warning lights, indicator lights and audi-
ble reminders" (P.2-10).
5-28 Starting and driving
AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if so equipped)
NOTE: . A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is
driven without releasing the parking brake. See "Audible reminders" (P.218).
. While the electronic parking brake is applied or released, an operating sound is heard from the lower side of the rear seat. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
. When the electronic parking brake is frequently applied and released in a short period of time, the parking brake may not operate in order to prevent the parking brake system from overheating. If this occurs, operate the electronic parking brake switch again after waiting approximately 1 minute.
. If the electronic parking brake must be applied while driving in an emergency, pull up and hold the parking brake switch. When you release the parking brake switch, the parking brake will be released.
. While pulling up the electronic parking brake switch during driving, the parking brake is applied and a chime sounds. The electronic parking brake indicator light in the meter and in the parking brake switch illuminate. This does not indicate a malfunction. The electronic parking
brake indicator light in the meter and in the parking brake switch turn off when the parking brake is released.
. When pulling the electronic parking brake switch up with the ignition switch in the OFF or ACC position, the parking brake switch indicator light will continue to illuminate for a short period of time.
The automatic brake hold function maintains the braking force without the driver having to depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or intersection. As soon as the driver depresses the accelerator pedal again, the automatic brake hold function is deactivated and the braking force is released. The operating status of the automatic brake hold can be displayed on the vehicle information display.
WARNING
. The automatic brake hold function is not designed to hold the vehicle on a steep hill or slippery road. Never use the automatic brake hold when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill or slippery road. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move.
. When the automatic brake hold function is activated but fails to maintain the vehicle at a standstill, depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle. If the vehicle unexpectedly moves due to outside conditions, the chime may sound and automatic brake hold warning may illuminate in the vehicle information display.
Starting and driving 5-29
. Be sure to deactivate the automatic brake hold function when using a car wash or towing your vehicle.
. Make sure to place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake when parking your vehicle, riding on or off the vehicle, or loading luggage. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move or roll away unexpectedly and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
. If any of the following conditions occur, the automatic brake hold function may not function. Have the system checked promptly. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these conditions could cause the vehicle to move or roll away unexpectedly and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
-- A warning message appears in the vehicle information display.
-- The indicator light on the automatic brake hold switch
5-30 Starting and driving
does not illuminate when the switch is pushed.
. The automatic brake hold function will not be activated if the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light, electronic parking brake warning light or master warning light illuminate and the Chassis Control System Error message appears in the vehicle information display.
. To maintain the braking force to keep the vehicle to a standstill, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.
JVP0497X
HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION
How to activate the automatic brake hold function
1. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push the automatic brake hold switch . The indicator light on the automatic brake hold switch illuminates.
2. When the automatic brake hold function goes into standby, the automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminates.
To use the automatic brake hold function,
the following conditions need to be met.
. The driver's seat belt is fastened. . The electronic parking brake is re-
leased.
. The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.
. The vehicle is not parked on a steep hill.
NOTE:
The automatic brake hold function resets to OFF every time the ignition switch is switched from the OFF position to the ON position.
How to deactivate the automatic brake hold function
While the automatic brake hold function is activated, push the automatic brake hold switch to turn off the automatic brake hold indicator light and deactivate the automatic brake hold function. To deactivate the automatic brake hold function while the brake force has been maintained by the automatic brake hold function, depress the brake pedal and push the automatic brake hold switch.
WARNING
Make sure to firmly depress and hold the brake pedal when turning off the automatic brake hold function while the brake force is applied. When the automatic brake hold function is deactivated, the brake force will be released. This could cause the vehicle to move or roll away unexpectedly.
Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling may result in serious personal injury or property damage.
HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION
For additional information on using the automatic brake hold function, refer to the instructions outlined in this section.
To maintain braking force automatically
With the automatic brake hold function activated and the automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminated on the meter, depress the braking pedal to stop the vehicle. The brake force is automatically applied without your foot depressed on the brake pedal. While the brake hold is
maintained, the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates on the meter.
To start the vehicle from a standstill
With the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position, depress the accelerator pedal while the brake force is maintained. The brake force will automatically be released to restart the vehicle. The automatic brake hold indicator light (white) on the meter illuminates and the automatic brake hold returns to standby.
Parking
When the shift lever is in the P (Park) position with the brake force maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the parking brake will automatically be applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold will be released. The automatic brake hold indicator light turns off. When the parking brake is applied with the brake force maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the brake force of the automatic brake hold will be released. The automatic brake hold indicator light turns off.
NOTE: . Under the following conditions, the
parking brake will automatically be
Starting and driving 5-31
SPORT MODE SWITCH (if so equipped) ECO MODE SYSTEM
applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold will be released: -- The braking force is applied by
the automatic brake hold function for 3 minutes or longer. -- The driver's seat belt is unfastened. -- The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. -- If a malfunction occurs in the automatic brake hold function. . When the vehicle stops, but the brake force is not automatically applied, depress the brake pedal firmly until the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates.
Automatic brake hold function display
The automatic brake hold function status can be checked in the "Chassis Control" mode in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Trip computer" (P.2-40).
5-32 Starting and driving
WAF0037X
The SPORT mode switch adjusts the engine and transmission points to enhance performance. Push the SPORT mode switch on the instrument panel to activate the SPORT mode. The SPORT mode indicator (drive mode indicator) appears in the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be reduced.
JVS0185X
The ECO mode system helps to enhance the fuel economy by controlling the engine and CVT operation (for CVT models) automatically to avoid rapid acceleration.
To turn on the ECO mode system, push the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator appears on the meter.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off.
. The ECO mode system cannot be turned off while the accelerator pedal is depressed even if the ECO switch is pushed to OFF. Release the accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode
system.
. The ECO mode system will turn off automatically if a malfunction occurs in the system.
. Turn off the ECO mode system when acceleration is required such as when:
-- driving with a heavy load of passengers or cargo in the vehicle
-- driving on a steep uphill slope
. The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) is operating.
. The vehicle speed is less than approximately 2 MPH (4 km/h).
. The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) position.
To activate or deactivate the ECO Pedal Guide function, see "Settings" (P.2-21).
WAF0142X
ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTION
Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for improving fuel economy.
When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the green range , it indicates that the vehicle is driven within range of economy drive.
If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the green range, it indicates that the accelerator pedal is depressed over the range of economy drive.
The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed when:
. The cruise control system (if so equipped) is operating.
Starting and driving 5-33
position.
. The cruise control system (if so equipped) is operating.
. The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) is operating.
WAF0143X
AMBIENT ECO
The ambient ECO is displayed according to the accelerator pedal operation, while driving the vehicle in ECO mode.
The ambient ECO will illuminate in the directions of as the driving pattern becomes more ECO friendly.
To activate or deactivate the ambient ECO, see "Settings" (P.2-21).
The ambient ECO is not displayed in the following conditions
. The vehicle speed is under 6 MPH (10 km/h).
. The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)
5-34 Starting and driving
JVS1083X
ECO DRIVE REPORT
When the ignition switch is in the OFF position, ECO management display appears.
ECO evaluation Previous 5 times (History) Current fuel economy Best fuel economy
The result of ECO evaluation is displayed when the vehicle is driven for about 10 minutes or more.
: The more economically you drive, the more appear.
: The average fuel economy for the previous 5 times will be displayed.
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
: The average fuel economy since the last reset will be displayed.
: The best fuel economy of the past history will be displayed.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death.
. This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
WAC0198X
The LDW system warns the driver with an indicator on the vehicle information display and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane.
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.
Starting and driving 5-35
LDW indicator on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver.
The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
LDW indicator (on the vehicle information display) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Vehicle information display
5-36 Starting and driving
JVS1087X
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDW system operates at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime will sound and the
button. Use the
button to select
"Driver Assistance". Then press the
"OK" button.
2. Select "Driving Aids" and press the "OK" button.
3. Use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the "OK" button to select or change an item:
. Select "Lane (LDW)" and press the "OK" button.
Use the "OK" button to check/ uncheck the box for "Warning".
NOTE:
If you disable the LDW system, the system will remain disabled the next time you start the vehicle's engine.
LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
JVS1088X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system.
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers. Starting and driving 5-37
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
. Do not use the LDW system under the following conditions as it may not function properly: -- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
-- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow.
-- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
-- When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.
-- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
-- When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire (if so equipped), tire chains, nonstandard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
5-38 Starting and driving
. The system may not function properly under the following conditions:
-- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; nonstandard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
-- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
-- On roads where there are sharp curves.
-- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers.)
-- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
-- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
-- When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
-- When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then started, the LDW system may be deactivated automatically, the LDW indicator
will flash and the following message will appear in the vehicle information display. - "Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature"
When the interior temperature is reduced, the LDW system will resume operating automatically and the LDW indicator will stop flashing.
Condition B:
The warning function of the LDW system is not designed to work under the following conditions:
. When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)
. When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).
Action to take:
After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the LDW system will resume.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically and "Malfunction" will appear in the vehicle information display. If the warning message appears in the vehicle information display, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the
vehicle. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear in the vehicle information display, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WAC0198X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The camera unit for the LDW system is located above the inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the LDW system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including
transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
Starting and driving 5-39
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI)
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death.
. The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not detect the lane markers in certain road, weather, or driving conditions.
WAC0198X
The I-LI system warns the driver if the vehicle has left the center of the traveling lane with the I-LI indicator and chime, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time).
The I-LI system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.
5-40 Starting and driving
I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle information display)
I-LI indicator (on the vehicle information display)
Vehicle information display
Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist)
ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro-
PILOT assist)
WAF0078X
I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION
The I-LI system operates above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime will sound and the I-LI indicator (orange) on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
To turn on the I-LI system, push the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-LI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch or the ProPILOT assist switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI ON indicator will turn off.
Starting and driving 5-41
Vehicle information display
Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist)
ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist)
WAF0139X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the I-LI system.
For models with ProPILOT assist
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
button. Use the button to select
"Driver Assistance." Then press the
OK button.
2. Select "Driving Aids" and press the OK button.
3. To set the I-LI system to on or off, use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the OK button to select or change an item:
. Select "Lane" and press the OK button.
To turn on the I-LI system, use the OK button to check the box for "Prevention (LDP)."
4. Press the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
Turning on the ProPILOT assist system (if so equipped) will turn on the I-LI system at the same time. For additional information, see "ProPILOT assist" (P.564).
5-42 Starting and driving
For models without ProPILOT assist
1. To turn on the I-LI system, push the dynamic driver assistance switch on the instrument panel after starting the engine.
2. The I-LI ON indicator on the Vehicle Information Display will appear.
3. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will turn off. The I-LI system will be automatically turned off when the engine off.
I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the I-LI system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death.
. The I-LI system may activate if you change lanes without first activating your turn signal or, for example, if a construction zone directs traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If this occurs you may need to apply corrective
steering to complete your lane change.
. Because the I-LI may not activate under the road, weather, and lane marker conditions described in this section, it may not activate every time your vehicle begins to leave its lane and you will need to apply corrective steering.
. The I-LI system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.
. Do not use the I-LI system under the following conditions as it may not function properly:
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
-- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow.
-- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
-- When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.
-- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
-- When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire (if so equipped), tire chains, nonstandard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
. The system may not function properly under the following conditions:
-- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; nonstandard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
-- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
-- On roads where there are sharp curves.
-- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road re-
Starting and driving 5-43
pairs. (The I-LI system could detect these items as lane markers.)
-- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
-- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
-- When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
5-44 Starting and driving
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
While the I-LI system is operating, you may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the I-LI system is operating properly.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A:
The warning and assist functions of the ILI system are not designed to work under the following conditions:
. When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI system will be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)
. When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).
Action to take:
After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the warning and assist functions will resume.
Condition B:
The assist function of the I-LI system is not designed to work under the following
conditions (warning is still functional):
. When the brake pedal is depressed. . When the steering wheel is turned as
far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.
. When the vehicle is accelerated during the I-LI system operation.
. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) approach warning occurs (if so equipped).
. When the hazard warning flashers are operated.
. When driving on a curve at high speed. Action to take:
After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the I-LI system application of the brakes will resume.
Condition C:
If the following message appears in the vehicle information display, a chime will sound and the I-LI system will be turned off automatically.
. "Currently unavailable": When the VDC system (except Traction Control System (TCS) function) or ABS operates or VDC system is turned off.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer
exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) again to turn the I-LI system back on.
Temporary disabled status at high temperature:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system may be deactivated automatically and the following message will appear on the vehicle information display: "Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature." When the interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operating automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The I-LI indicator (orange) will illuminate and the "Malfunction" warning message will appear in the display.
If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates in the display, pull off the road to a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the I-LI indicator (orange) continues to illuminate, have the I-LI system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WAC0198X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The camera unit for the I-LI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the I-LI system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including
transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Starting and driving 5-45
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.
The BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.
JVS0649X
The BSW system uses radar sensors installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane.
SSD1030
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
5-46 Starting and driving
system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light.
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the side indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. For additional information, refer to "BSW driving situations" (P.5-49).
Side indicator light
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
WAF0079X
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h). If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the
Starting and driving 5-47
button. Use the
button to select
"Driver Assistance". Then press the
"OK" button.
2. Select "Driving Aids" and press the "OK" button.
3. Use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the "OK" button to select or change an item.
. Select "Blind Spot" and press the "OK" button.
Use the "OK" button to check/ uncheck the box for "Warning."
NOTE:
The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted.
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
5-48 Starting and driving
WAF0140X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system.
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
. The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW
when certain objects are present such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
-- Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.
-- Oncoming vehicles.
-- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop.
-- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
-- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
-- A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
-- A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.
-- When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensor's detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a
wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
. The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.
. The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
-- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the
chime sound, and it may not be heard.
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS
Indicator on Indicator off Indicator flashing
Starting and driving 5-49
JVS0737X
Illustration 1 Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching from behind
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane.
JVS0738X
Illustration 2 Approaching from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect
vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
JVS0739X
Illustration 3 Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 2 seconds.
5-50 Starting and driving
the other vehicle is detected.
JVS0740X
Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in
a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when
JVS0741X Illustration 5 Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.
Starting and driving 5-51
WAF0555X
Illustration 6 Entering from the side
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
5-52 Starting and driving
Vehicle information display
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW system will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound and the "Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction" warning mes-
JVS1090X
sage will appear in the vehicle information display .
The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked
condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.
If the "Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction" warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the BSW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically and the system malfunction warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the message continues to appear, have the BSW system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
JVS0649X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors for the BSW system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or
apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
See a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment
For Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including
Starting and driving 5-53
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 24.25 Ghz
The field strength of SRR3-B is below 250 millivolts/m measured at 3 metres with an average detector.
This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference.
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RCTA system could result in serious injury or death.
. The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.
The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.
5-54 Starting and driving
system is operational.
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side, the system chimes (once) and the side indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from.
Side indicator light
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
JVS0953X
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION
The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space.
When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA
Starting and driving 5-55
The RCTA system uses radar sensors installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle. The radar sensors can detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft (20 m) away.
JVS0173X
5-56 Starting and driving
JVS0649X
button. Use the
button to select
"Driver Assistance". Then press the
"OK" button.
2. Use the button to select "Parking Aids" then press the OK button.
3. Select "Cross Traffic" and press the "OK" button.
4. Use the "OK" button to enable or disable the system.
NOTE:
The system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
JVS0942X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RCTA SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system.
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
Starting and driving 5-57
5-58 Starting and driving
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
JVS0479X
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles
-- A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h)
-- A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h)
. The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:
-- Illustration : When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor.
-- Illustration : When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.
-- Illustration : When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground.
-- Illustration : When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle's parking lot aisle.
-- Illustration : When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small
. The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
-- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles
. Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
Illustration 1
JVS0172X
Illustration 2
JVS0173X
Starting and driving 5-59
NOTE:
In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.
5-60 Starting and driving
Vehicle information display
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. The "Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction" warning message will appear in the
JVS1090X
vehicle information display. The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist. The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be
caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically. The system malfunction warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
JVS0649X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors for the RCTA system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or
apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment
For Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including
Starting and driving 5-61
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Frequency bands: 24.05 24.25 Ghz The field strength of SRR3-B is below 250 millivolts/m measured at 3 metres with an average detector. This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Radiofrequency radiation exposure information: This equipment complies with radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.
5-62 Starting and driving
1. RES/+ switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. SET/- switch 4. Cruise ON/OFF switch
JVS1005X
WARNING
. Always observe the posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.
. Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
-- When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a constant speed
-- When driving in heavy traffic
-- When driving in traffic that varies speed
-- When driving in windy areas
-- When driving on winding or hilly roads
-- When driving on slippery (rain, snow, ice, etc.) roads
CAUTION
On Manual Transmission (MT) model, do not shift to the N (Neutral) position without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is operated. Should this occur, depress the clutch pedal and turn the Cruise ON/OFF switch off immediately. Failure to do so may cause engine damage.
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL
. If the cruise control system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The CRUISE indicator in the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the driver.
. If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn the Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. The CRUISE indicator may blink when the Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned ON while pushing the RES/+, SET/-, or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, perform the following procedures.
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
The cruise control allows driving at speeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
The cruise control will automatically be canceled if the vehicle slows down more than approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.
Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position will cancel the cruise control.
Turning on cruise control
Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The CRUISE indicator in the vehicle information display will appear.
Setting cruising speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Push the SET/- switch and release it.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle will maintain the set speed.
Passing another vehicle:
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. After releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills. In such cases, drive without the cruise control.
Resetting to slower speed:
Use any one of the following methods to reset to a slower speed.
. Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, push and release the SET/- switch.
. Push and hold the SET/- switch. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the SET- switch.
. Quickly push and release the SET/switch. This will reduce the vehicle speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
Resetting to faster speed: Use any one of the following methods to reset to a faster speed. . Depress the accelerator pedal. When
the vehicle reaches the desired speed, push and release the SET/- switch. . Push and hold the RES/+switch. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the RES/+ switch. . Quickly push and release the RES/+ switch. This will increase the vehicle speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
Resuming at preset speed: Push and release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
Cancelling cruising speed
Use any one of the following methods to cancel the set speed. . Push the CANCEL switch. . Tap the foot brake pedal. . Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The
CRUISE indicator will turn off.
Starting and driving 5-63
PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ProPILOT assist system could result in serious injury or death.
. ProPILOT assist is not a self-driving system. Within the limits of its capabilities, as described in this manual, it helps the driver with certain driving activities.
. The ProPILOT assist system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to correct careless, inattentive or absentminded driving. ProPILOT assist will not always steer the vehicle to keep it in the lane. The ProPILOT assist system is not designed to prevent loss of control. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. There are limitations to the ProPILOT assist system capability. The ProPILOT assist system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather, and road conditions. It is
5-64 Starting and driving
the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. The ProPILOT assist system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device.
. The ProPILOT assist system is for highway use only and is not intended for city driving. Failure to apply the brakes or steer the vehicle when necessary may result in a serious accident.
. Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.
. Never take your hands off the steering wheel when driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely.
. Never unfasten your safety belt when using ProPILOT assist. Doing so automatically cancels the ProPILOT assist system.
. The ProPILOT assist system does not react to stationary and slow moving vehicles.
. Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ProPILOT assist system. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the ProPILOT assist system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Do not use the ProPILOT assist system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
are detected.
WAF0286X
The ProPILOT assist system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction. The ProPILOT assist system uses a multisensing front camera installed behind the windshield and a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane and to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicle detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance. The system will also help keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lane when clear lane markings
Starting and driving 5-65
Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted control (right) ProPILOT assist switch Steering assist switch
WAF0046X
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERATION
The ProPILOT assist system has the following two functions:
1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes:
. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode:
For cruising at a preset speed
NOTE:
Steering Assist is not available in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h). When the vehicle ahead slows to a stop, your vehicle gradually decelerates to a standstill. When the vehicle is stopped, the ICC system maintains braking force to keep your vehicle stopped.
NOTE:
When your vehicle is stopped for less than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again automatically.
5-66 Starting and driving
. When your vehicle is at a standstill for more than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead.
. When no vehicle is detected ahead within the driver selected distance, the vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The speed must be above 20 MPH (32 km/h) to use this function.
NOTE:
Even if the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) setting is turned off by the driver using the "Settings" menu in the vehicle information display, AEB will be automatically turned on when ICC is used.
2. Steering assist
The steering assist function controls the steering system to help keep your vehicle within the traveling lane.
When there is no vehicle ahead, steering assist is not available at speeds under 37 MPH (60 km/h).
PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES
1. DISTANCE switch: . Long . Middle . Short
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the ProPILOT assist system
4. ProPILOT assist switch:
Turns the ProPILOT assist system on or off
WAF0047X
5. SET- switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally
6. Steering assist switch: Turns the steering assist function on or off
Starting and driving 5-67
WAF0049X
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS
1. Lane marker indicator Indicates whether the system detects lane markers . No lane markers displayed: Steering assist is turned off Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane markers detected -- Lane marker indicator (green): Lane markers detected -- Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane departure is detected
5-68 Starting and driving
2. Set distance indicator
Displays the selected distance
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Indicates whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you
4. Steering assist indicator
Indicates the status of the Steering assist function by the color of the indicator . Steering assist indicator (gray):
Steering assist standby . Steering assist indicator (green):
Steering assist active . Steering assist indicator (orange):
Steering assist malfunction
5. ProPILOT assist activation
Displays once the ProPILOT assist system is activated
6. Steering assist status indicator/warning
Displays the status of the Steering assist by the color of the indicator/ warning . No Steering assist status indicator
displayed: Steering assist is turned off
Steering assist status indicator (gray): Steering assist standby
-- Steering assist status indicator (green): Steering assist active
-- Steering assist status indicator (orange): Steering assist malfunction
7. Speed control status indicator/warning
Displays the status of speed control by the color and shape of the indicator/ warning . Speed control status indicator/
warning (gray): ICC standby . Speed control status indicator/
warning (solid green ): ICC (distance control mode) is active (vehicle detected ahead). Your vehicle matches the speed of the vehicle ahead. . Speed control status indicator/ warning (green outline ): ICC (maintain speed control mode) is active (no vehicle detected ahead). Your vehicle maintains the driverselected set speed. . Speed control status indicator/ warning (orange): Indicates an ICC malfunction
8. Set vehicle speed indicator
Indicates the set vehicle speed
9. ProPILOT assist status indicator
Indicates the status of the ProPILOT
assist system by the color of the indicator
. ProPILOT assist status indicator (white): ProPILOT assist is on but in standby.
. ProPILOT assist status indicator (blue): ProPILOT assist active
TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE ON
NOTE:
ProPILOT assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or steering assist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional information, see "Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode" (P.5-91).
WAF0050X
OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST
1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection
2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when shaded and Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) when solid
3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
Starting and driving 5-69
1. Push the ProPILOT assist switch . This turns on the ProPILOT assist system.
2. A screen is displayed for a period of time that indicates the status of the Driving Aid functions.
5-70 Starting and driving
WAF0051X
. AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabled when the specified Driving Aid is shaded.
. I-LI is enabled when the Driving Aid is solid.
. To change the status of the Driving Aids, use the or to navigate the settings screen. For additional in-
formation, see "How to use the vehicle information display" (P.220).
3. The status of the ProPILOT assist system is displayed in the vehicle information display .
4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to the desired speed.
5. Push the SET- switch . The ProPILOT assist system begins to automatically maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT assist activation indicator and ProPILOT assist status indicator illuminate (blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling at a speed of 20 MPH (32 km/h) or below and the SET- switch is pushed, the set speed of your vehicle is 20 MPH (32 km/h).
NOTE:
When "Prevention (LDP)" is selected in the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT assist system on will activate the I-LI system at the same time. For additional information, see "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40).
WAF0052X
When the SET- switch is pushed under the following conditions, the ProPILOT assist system cannot be set and the set vehicle speed indicator blinks for approximately 2 seconds:
. When traveling below 20 MPH (32 km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not detected
. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or manual shift mode
. When the parking brake is applied . When the brakes are operated by the
driver
. When the VDC system is off. For additional information, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5-
131). . When the VDC system (including the
traction control system) is operating . When a wheel is slipping . When any door is open . When the driver's seat belt is not
fastened
How to change the set vehicle speed
The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.
To change to a faster cruising speed:
. Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set vehicle speed increases by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).
. Push, then quickly release, the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed increases by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h).
To change to a slower cruising speed:
. Push and hold the SET- switch. The set vehicle speed decreases by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).
. Push, then quickly release, the SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed decreases by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h).
How to momentarily accelerate or decelerate
. Depress the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required. Release the accelerator pedal to resume the previously set vehicle speed.
. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required. Control by the ProPILOT Assist system is canceled. Push the RES+ switch to resume the previously set vehicle speed.
WARNING
When the accelerator pedal is depressed and you are approaching the vehicle ahead, the ICC system will neither control the brake nor warn the driver with the chime and display. The driver must manually control the vehicle speed to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury or death.
NOTE:
When you accelerate by depressing the accelerator pedal or decelerate by pushing the SET- switch and the vehicle travels faster than the speed set by the driver, the set speed vehicle indicator
Starting and driving 5-71
will blink.
WAF0053X
How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time. Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed, the set distance will change to "long", "middle", "short" and back to "long" again in that sequence.
5-72 Starting and driving
. The distance to the vehicle ahead changes automatically according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance.
. The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the engine is restarted.
WAF0054X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE STEERING ASSIST
Use the following methods to enable or disable the steering assist.
Starting and driving 5-73
1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)
2. Vehicle information display
3. Steering assist switch
NOTE: . When the steering assist switch is
used to turn the system on or off, the system remembers the setting
5-74 Starting and driving
WAF0055X
even if the ignition switch is cycled. The switch must be pushed again to change the setting to on or off. . The steering assist switch changes the status of the "Steering Assist" selection made in the "Settings" screen in the vehicle information display.
Steering assist switch:
To turn the steering assist on or off, push the steering assist switch on the instrument panel.
Setting in the vehicle information display:
1. Press the
button on the
steering wheel until "Settings" ap-
pears in the vehicle information dis-
play and then press "OK" button.
2. Use the button to select "Driver Assistance." Then press the "OK" button .
3. Use the button to select "Driving Aids." Then press the "OK" button .
4. Select "Steering Assist" and press the "OK" button .
NOTE: . When the Cruise screen is displayed
on the vehicle information display, press the "OK" button on the steering wheel to call up the "Driving Aids" setting display.
. When enabling/disabling the system through the vehicle information display, the system retains the current settings even if the engine is restarted.
HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM
To cancel the ProPILOT assist system, use one of the following methods:
. Push the CANCEL switch. . Tap the brake pedal (except at a
standstill). . Push the ProPILOT assist switch to
turn the system off. The ProPILOT assist status indicator will turn off. When the ProPILOT assist system is canceled while the vehicle is stopped, the electronic parking brake is automatically activated.
WARNING
To prevent the vehicle from moving or rolling unexpectedly, which could result in serious personal injury or property damage, before exiting the vehicle make sure to push the ProPILOT assist switch to turn the system off, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off.
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ICC system could result in serious injury or death.
. The ICC system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is recommended for highway use only and it is not intended for city driving. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. There are limitations to the ICC system capability. The ICC system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather, and road conditions. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.
. The ICC system does not react to stationary and slow moving vehicles.
. Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ICC system. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the ICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
ICC system operation
The ICC system is designed to maintain a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you and can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. The system decelerates the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC system can only apply up to 40% of the vehicle's total braking power. This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane
Starting and driving 5-75
ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system sounds a warning chime and blinks the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action.
The ICC system cancels and a warning chime sounds if the speed is below approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detected ahead.
The ICC system operates as follows:
. When there are no vehicles traveling ahead, the ICC system maintains the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h).
. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC system keeps the vehicle stopped.
. When your vehicle is stopped for less than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again automatically.
5-76 Starting and driving
. When your vehicle is at a standstill for more than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead.
. When the vehicle traveling ahead moves to a different traveling lane, the ICC system accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.
SSD0254
When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system accelerates and maintains the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.
Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, the system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.
WAF0057X
System set display with no vehicle detected ahead
No vehicle detected ahead:
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The ICC system displays the set speed.
WAF0058X
System set display with vehicle ahead
Vehicle detected ahead:
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance.
NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come
on when braking is performed by the ICC system.
. When the brake is applied by the system, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.
Starting and driving 5-77
When the ICC system detects a vehicle ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indicator and the speed control status indicator (distance control mode) illuminates (solid green ).
Vehicle ahead stops:
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to stop, your vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC system automatically applies the brakes to keep the vehicle stopped. When your vehicle is at a standstill, the "(RES+) Press to start" message is displayed on the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
When your vehicle stops for less than 3 seconds, your vehicle will automatically follow the vehicle as it accelerates from a stop.
Vehicle ahead accelerates:
When your vehicle is stopped and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead.
Vehicle ahead not detected:
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC
5-78 Starting and driving
system then maintains the set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off and speed control status indicator (maintain speed control mode) illuminates (green outline ).
The ICC system gradually accelerates to the set speed, but you can depress the accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate. When a vehicle is no longer detected and your vehicle is traveling under approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the ICC system automatically cancels.
WAF0059X
When passing another vehicle, the set speed indicator flashes when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is released, the vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system, you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.
Cut-in detection
If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane near your vehicle, the ICC system may inform the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator.
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
. The chime sounds. . The vehicle ahead detection indicator
and set distance indicator blink.
. You judge it necessary to maintain a safe distance.
The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:
. When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing.
. When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing.
. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
The warning chime will not sound when:
. Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
. The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may flash when the radar sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle is entering or exiting a curve. In these cases, you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).
Acceleration when passing
When the ICC system is engaged above 44 mph (70 km/h) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the left, the ICC system will automatically start to accelerate the vehicle to help initiate passing on the left and will begin to reduce the distance to vehicle directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal operates this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will continue to accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop after a short time and regain the set following distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any point by depressing the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.
ICC system limitations
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance
Starting and driving 5-79
with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death:
. The ICC system is primarily intended for use on straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not advisable to use the ICC system in city traffic or congested areas.
. The ICC system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
. As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the ICC system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absentminded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
. When the ICC system automatically brings the vehicle to a stop,
5-80 Starting and driving
your vehicle can automatically accelerate if the vehicle is stopped for less than approximately 3 seconds. Be prepared to stop your vehicle if necessary.
. Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance. The ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances.
. The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system under the following conditions:
-- On roads with heavy, highspeed traffic or sharp curves
-- On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc.
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
-- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the bumper around the distance sensor
-- On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)
-- On repeated uphill and downhill roads
-- When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration
-- Interference by other radar sources.
. In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system where not recommended in this warning section.
The ICC system will not detect the following objects:
. Stationary or slow moving vehicles . Pedestrians or objects in the roadway . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane
The following are some conditions in which the radar sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle ahead and the system may not operate properly:
. When the sensor detection is reduced (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other vehicles)
. Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves
. Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road
. If dirt, ice, snow or other material is covering the radar sensor area
. A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/ trailer is near the vehicle ahead.
. Interference by other radar sources
. When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of your vehicle.
The ICC system is designed to automatically check the radar sensor's operation within the limitations of the system
The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the ICC system to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move
outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
The ICC system (with ProPILOT assist) uses a multi-sensing front camera. The following are some conditions in which the camera may not properly detect a vehicle and detection of a vehicle ahead may be delayed:
. Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other vehicles)
. The camera area of the windshield is fogged up or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, etc.
. Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera
. A sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or shaded area or
lightning flashes) Starting and driving 5-81
5-82 Starting and driving
SSD0252 SSD0253
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
Automatic cancellation
The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Condition A:
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set:
. Any door is open.
. The driver's seat belt is not fastened.
. The vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h).
. Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.
. The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or manual shift mode.
. The electronic parking brake is applied.
. The VDC system is turned off.
. The AEB applies harder braking
. VDC (including the traction control system) operates.
. A wheel slips.
. When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor.
. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off using the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPILOT Assist system back on to use the system.
NOTE:
When the ICC system is canceled under the following conditions at a standstill, the electronic parking brake is automatically activated: . Any door is open. . The driver's seat belt is not fastened. . Your vehicle has been stopped by
the ICC system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.
. The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or manual shift mode.
. The VDC system is turned off. . When distance measurement be-
comes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor.
. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.
Condition B:
When the radar sensor of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC system will automatically be canceled.
The chime will sound and the "Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked" or "Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the engine. If the "Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked" or "Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction" warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Condition C:
When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light and display the "Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked" or "Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction" warning message.
Action to take:
When the above driving conditions no longer exist, turn the system back on.
Starting and driving 5-83
ICC system malfunction
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, and the speed control status warning (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
If the warning illuminates, stop the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine and set the ICC system again. If it is not possible to set the ICC system or the warning stays on, it may be a malfunction. Although the normal driving can be continued, the ICC system should be inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
ICC sensor maintenance
The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle.
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor. . Do not attach a sticker (including
transparent material) or install an accessory near the sensor. This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunc-
5-84 Starting and driving
tion.
. Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bumper.
Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
The camera sensor is located above the inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the systems and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
STEERING ASSIST
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the steering assist could result in serious injury or death.
. The steering assist is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving. The steering assist will not always steer the vehicle to keep it in the lane. It is not designed to prevent loss of control. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. As there is a performance limit to the steering assist's capability, never rely solely on the system. The steering assist does not function in all driving, traffic, weather, and road conditions. Always drive safely, pay attention to the operation of the vehicle, and manually control your vehicle appropriately.
. The steering assist is intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways with gentle (moderate) curves. To avoid risk of an accident,do not use this system on local or non-highway roads.
. The steering assist only steers the vehicle to maintain its position in the center of a lane. The vehicle will not steer to avoid objects in the road in front of the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle moving into your lane.
. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Never take your hands off the steering wheel when driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely.
. Always drive carefully and attentively when using the steering assist. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the steering assist. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Do not use the steering
assist except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
Steering assist operation
The steering assist controls the steering system to help keep your vehicle near the center of the lane when driving. The steering assist is combined with the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional information, see "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-75).
The steering assist can be activated when the following conditions are met:
. The ICC system is activated.
. Lane markers on both sides are clearly detected.
. A vehicle ahead is detected (when the vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 MPH (60 km/h)).
. The driver grips the steering wheel.
. The vehicle is driven at the center of the lane.
. The turn signals are not operated.
. The windshield wiper is not operated in the high speed operation (the steering assist function is disabled after the wiper operates for approximately 10 seconds).
WAF0062X
Steering assist display and indicators
1. Steering assist status indicator/ warning
Displays the status of the steering assist by the color of the indicator/ warning . Steering assist status indicator
(gray): Steering assist standby . Steering assist status indicator
(green): Steering assist active . Steering assist status indicator (or-
ange): Steering assist malfunction
2. Steering assist indicator
Indicates the status of the steering
Starting and driving 5-85
assist by the color of the indicator
. Steering assist indicator (gray): Steering assist standby
. Steering assist indicator (green): Steering assist active
. Steering assist indicator (orange): Steering assist malfunction
3. Lane marker indicator
Indicates whether the system detects the lane marker
. Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane markers not detected
. Lane marker indicator (green): Lane markers detected
. Lane marker indicator (orange): Lane departure is detected
When the steering assist is in operation, the steering assist status indicator , the steering assist indicator , and the lane marker indicator on the vehicle information display turn green. A chime sounds when the steering assist initially activates.
When the steering assist deactivates, the steering assist status indicator , the steering assist indicator , and the lane marker indicator on the vehicle information display turn gray and a chime sounds twice.
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the capabilities of the Steering Assist and your vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime sounds and the I-LI indicator light (orange) on the instrument panel flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system automatically applies the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. This action is in addition to any Steering Assist actions. For more information, see "Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)" (P.5-40).
5-86 Starting and driving
control of the vehicle again.
If the driver still does not respond, the ProPILOT assist turns on the hazard flasher and slows the vehicle to a complete stop.
The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time by steering, braking, accelerating, or operating the ProPILOT assist switch.
WARNING
Steering assist is not a system for a hands-free driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely. Failure to do so could cause a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.
Hands on detection
When the Steering assist is activated, it monitors the driver's steering wheel operation.
If the steering wheel is not operated or the driver takes his/her hands off the steering wheel for a period of time, the
WAO0002X
warning (1) appears in the vehicle information display.
If the driver does not operate the steering wheel after the warning has been displayed, an audible alert sounds and the warning flashes in the vehicle information display, followed by a quick brake application to request the driver to take
NOTE: If the driver lightly touches (instead of firmly grips) the steering wheel, the steering torque sensor may not detect the driver's hand(s) on the steering wheel and a sequence of warnings may occur. When the driver holds and operates the steering wheel again, the warnings turn off.
Starting and driving 5-87
Steering assist limitations
WARNING
. In the following situations, the camera may not detect lane markers correctly or may detect lane markers incorrectly and the steering assist may not operate properly:
-- When driving on roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers, lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly, non-standard lane markers, or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
-- When driving on roads with discontinued lane markers
-- When driving on roads with a widening or narrowing lane width
-- When driving on roads where there are multiple lanes or unclear lane markers due to road construction
-- When driving on roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows,
5-88 Starting and driving
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams, or lines remaining after road repairs (the steering assist could detect these items as lane markers)
-- When driving on roads where the traveling lane merges or separates
. Do not use the steering assist under the following conditions because the system may not properly detect lane markers. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, dust, etc.)
-- When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrown up by the wheels of other vehicles
-- When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or another object adheres to the camera unit
-- When the lens of the camera unit is foggy
-- When strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) shines on the camera
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or the headlights are off in tunnels or darkness
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or is under a bridge)
-- When driving on roads where the traveling lane merges or separates or where there are temporary lane markers because of road construction
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs
-- When driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road
-- When driving on sharp curves or winding roads
-- When driving on repeated uphill and downhill roads
. Do not use the steering assist under the following conditions because the system will not operate properly:
-- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire condi-
tions (for example, tire wear, abnormal tire pressure, installation of a spare tire (if so equipped), tire chains, nonstandard wheels)
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake or suspension parts
-- When an object such as a sticker or cargo obstructs the camera
-- When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or luggage area of your vehicle
-- When the vehicle load capacity is exceeded
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the beep may not be heard.
. For the ProPILOT assist system to operate properly, the windshield in front of the camera must be clean. Replace worn wiper blades. The correct size wiper blades must be used to help make sure the windshield is kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, or equivalent wiper blades, that are specifically designed for use
on your vehicle model and model year. It is recommended that you visit your NISSAN dealer for the correct parts for your vehicle.
Steering Assist temporary standby
Automatic standby due to driving operation:
When the driver activates the turn signal, the Steering Assist is temporarily placed in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts automatically when the operating conditions are met again.)
Automatic standby:
In the following cases, a warning message is displayed along with the chime, and the Steering Assist is placed in a temporary standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts automatically when the operating conditions are met again.)
. When lane markers on both sides are no longer detected
. When a vehicle ahead is no longer detected under approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h)
Steering assist cancel
Under the following conditions, the steering assist cancels, and the steering assist status indicator and the steering assist indicator turn off:
. When unusual lane markers appear in the traveling lane or when the lane marker cannot be correctly detected for some time due to certain conditions (for example, a snow rut, the reflection of light on a rainy day, the presence of several unclear lane markers)
. When the windshield wiper operates in the high speed operation (the steering assist is disabled when the wiper operates for more than approximately 10 seconds)
Action to take:
Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL switch. When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the ICC system on again.
Steering assist malfunction
When the system malfunctions, it turns off automatically. The steering assist status warning (orange) illuminates. A chime may sound depending on the situation.
Starting and driving 5-89
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving, and set the ICC system again. If the warning (orange) continues to illuminate, the steering assist is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Steering assist maintenance
The camera is located above the inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit.
5-90 Starting and driving
If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Radio frequency statement:
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisee aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, meme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC eta-
blies pour un environnement non controle. Cet equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE
NOTE:
ProPILOT assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or steering assist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.
. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle a head of you or a collision could occur.
. Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.
. Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions:
-- When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed
-- In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed
-- On winding or hilly roads
-- On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
-- In very windy areas
. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
WAF0063X
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switches
1. RES+ switch: Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally
2. CANCEL switch: Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed
3. ProPILOT Assist switch: Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on or off
4. SET- switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally
Starting and driving 5-91
. Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed.
WAF0064X
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators
The display is located in the vehicle information display.
1. Cruise indicator:
This indicator indicates the condition of the ICC system depending on a color. . Cruise control ON indicator (gray):
Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist switch is on . Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indicates that the cruising speed is set
5-92 Starting and driving
WAF0065X
Operating conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT assist switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds.
When pushing the ProPILOT assist switch on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators are displayed in the vehicle information display. After you hold the ProPILOT assist switch on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You can now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the ProPILOT assist switch again
will turn the system completely off. When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push and release the ProPILOT assist switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.
WARNING
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT assist switch off when not using the ICC system.
WAF0066X
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET -- switch and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator changes to green and set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills. If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle speed indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indicator will turn off.
3. Turn the ProPILOT assist switch off. Both the cruise indicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET- switch.
2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the SET-- switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed.
Starting and driving 5-93
3. Push, then quickly release the SET-- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I-DA) (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Intelligent Driver Alertness system could result in serious injury or death.
. The I-DA system is only a warning to inform the driver of a potential lack of driver attention or drowsiness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control.
. The I-DA system does not detect and provide an alert of the driver's lack of attention or fatigue in every situation.
. It is the driver's responsibility to: -- stay alert,
-- drive safely,
-- keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,
-- be in control of the vehicle at all times,
-- avoid driving when tired,
-- avoid distractions (texting, etc).
The I-DA system helps alert the driver if the system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue.
The system monitors driving style and steering behavior over a period of time, and it detects changes from the normal pattern. If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of time, the system uses audible and visual warnings to suggest that the driver take a break.
5-94 Starting and driving
WAC0212X
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (IDA) SYSTEM OPERATION
If the system detects driver fatigue or that driver attention is decreasing, the message "Take a break?" appears in the vehicle information display and a chime sounds when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h).
The system continuously monitors driver attention and can provide multiple warnings per trip. The system resets and starts reassessing driving style and steering behavior when the ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.
WAC0213X
ATTENTION LEVEL INDICATOR
When the "Driver Attention" display is selected, you can view your attention level as detected by the system.
For more information see "Settings" (P.221).
NOTE:
The attention level indicator consists of eight levels.
When stopping the engine, the system is reset.
Starting and driving 5-95
2. Use the
button to select "Driver
Attention" and press the "OK" button
to turn on or off the Intelligent Driver
Alertness system.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (IDA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (IDA) SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the I-DA system.
WAF0512X
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" displays in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
button. Use the
button to select
"Driver Assistance". Then press the
"OK" button.
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the I-DA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The I-DA system may not operate properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions:
-- Poor road conditions such as an uneven road surface or pot holes.
-- Strong side wind.
-- If you have adopted a sporty driving style with higher cornering speeds or higher rates of acceleration.
5-96 Starting and driving
-- Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed.
. The I-DA system may not provide an alert in the following conditions:
-- Vehicle speeds lower than 37 MPH (60 km/h).
-- Short lapses of attention.
-- Instantaneous distractions such as dropping an object.
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM*
*: if so equipped
WARNING
WAF0643X
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the I-DA system malfunctions, the warning message will appear in the vehicle information display and the function will be stopped automatically.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the system warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the AEB with pedestrian detection system could result in serious injury or death.
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver's attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques.
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road conditions.
The AEB with pedestrian detection system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane or with a pedestrian.
Starting and driving 5-97
WAF0286X
The AEB with pedestrian detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians, the AEB system uses a camera installed behind the windshield in addition to the radar sensor.
5-98 Starting and driving
AEB emergency warning indicator
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
AEB system warning light (on the meter panel)
JVS1117X
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION
The AEB with pedestrian detection system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
For the pedestrian detection function, the
AEB with pedestrian detection system operates at speeds between 6 37 MPH (10 60 km/h).
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will firstly provide the warning to the driver by flashing the warning (yellow) in the vehicle information display and providing an audible alert.
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the AEB with pedestrian detection system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force.
If the driver does not take action, the AEB with pedestrian detection system issues the second visual (flashing) (red) and audible warning. If the driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the system applies partial braking.
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent, the AEB with pedestrian detection system applies harder braking automatically.
While the AEB with pedestrian detection system is operating, you may hear the sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the AEB with pedestrian detection system is operating properly.
NOTE:
The vehicle's stop lights come on when braking is performed by the AEB with pedestrian detection system.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a collision should one be unavoidable.
If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will function later or will not function.
The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions:
. When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision.
. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
. When there is no longer a vehicle or pedestrian detected ahead.
If the AEB with pedestrian detection system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released.
Starting and driving 5-99
AEB system warning light (on the meter panel) Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
5-100 Starting and driving
JVS0971X
TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the AEB with pedestrian detection system on or off.
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
button. Use the
button to select
"Driver Assistance." Then press the
"OK" button.
2. Select "Driving Aids" and press the "OK" button.
3. Select "Emergency Brake" and press the OK button.
4. Select "Front" and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.
When the AEB with pedestrian detection system is turned off, the AEB with pedestrian detection system warning light illuminates .
NOTE: . The AEB with pedestrian detection
system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted.
. The Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the I-FCW system. When the I-FCW system is also turned off.
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the AEB with pedestrian detection system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system cannot detect all vehicles or pedestrians under all conditions.
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system does not detect the following objects:
-- Small pedestrians (including small children), animals and cyclists.
-- Pedestrians in wheelchairs or using mobile transport such as scooters, child-operated toys, or skateboards.
-- Pedestrians who are seated or otherwise not in a full upright standing or walking position.
-- Obstacles on the roadway
-- Oncoming vehicles
-- Crossing vehicles
-- Obstacles on the roadside
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system has some performance limitations.
-- If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle's path, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 50 MPH (80 km/h).
-- For pedestrian detection, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) or below approximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system may not function for pedestrians in darkness or in tunnels, even if there is street lighting in the area.
. For pedestrians, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will not issue the first warning.
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system may not function if the vehicle ahead is narrow (for example a motorcycle).
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system may not function if speed difference between the two vehicles is too small.
. The radar sensor may not function properly or detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
-- Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other vehicles)
-- Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.
-- Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road.
-- If dirt, ice, snow or other material is covering the radar sensor area.
-- Interference by other radar sources.
. The camera may not function properly or detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
Starting and driving 5-101
-- The camera area of windshield is fogged up, or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, etc.
-- Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera. Strong light causes the area around the pedestrian to be cast in a shadow, making it difficult to see.
-- A sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or a shaded area or lightning flashes.)
-- The poor contrast of a person to the background, such as having clothing color or pattern which is similar to the background.
-- The pedestrian's profile is partially obscured or unidentifiable due to the pedestrian transporting cargo, wearing bulky or very loose-fitting clothing or accessories.
. The system performance may degrade in the following conditions:
-- The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.
-- The vehicle is driven on a slope.
-- Excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area of your vehicle.
. The system is designed to automatically check the sensor (radar and camera)'s functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect blockage of sensor areas covered by ice, snow or stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear sensor areas regularly.
. In some road and traffic conditions, the AEB with pedestrian detection system may unexpectedly apply partial braking. When acceleration is necessary, depress the accelerator pedal to override the system.
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system may operate when the following are similar to the outlines of vehicles or pedestrians, or if they are the same size and position as a vehicle's tail lights.
-- Paint or a pattern on the road or a wall (including faded and unusual road markings).
-- A shape formed by road structures ahead (such as tunnels, viaducts, traffic signs, reflectors installed on the side of vehicles, reflection sheets, and guardrails).
. The AEB with pedestrian detection system may react to:
-- Obstacles on the roadside (traffic sign, guardrail, pedestrian, vehicle, etc.)
5-102 Starting and driving
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
-- Obstacles above road (low bridge, traffic sign, etc.)
-- Obstacles on the road surface (railroad track, grate, steel plate, etc.)
-- Obstacles in the parking garage (beam, etc.)
-- Pedestrians approaching the traveling lane
-- Vehicles, pedestrians or objects in adjacent lane or close to the vehicle
-- Oncoming pedestrians
. Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.
Starting and driving 5-103
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
5-104 Starting and driving
SSD0253
JVS0972X
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
In the following conditions, the warning light will blink and the system will be turned off automatically.
. The radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source.
. The camera area of windshield is misted or frozen.
. Strong light is shining from the front. . The cabin temperature is over ap-
proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.
. The camera area of windshield glass is continuously covered with dirt, etc.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will resume automatically.
NOTE:
When the inside of the windshield on camera area is misted or frozen, it will take a period of time to remove it after air conditioner turns on. If dirt appears on this area, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Condition B
In the following condition, the "Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked" or "Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. The sensor area of the front of the vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to illuminate, have the AEB with pedestrian detection system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls).
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will resume automatically.
Condition C
When VDC system is OFF, the AEB brake will not operate. In this case only visible and audible warning operates. The AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
When VDC system is ON, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the AEB with pedestrian detection system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB system warning light will (orange) will illuminate and the warning message "Malfunction" will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take: If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the AEB with pedestrian detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Starting and driving 5-105
WAF0286X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle. The camera is located on the upper side of the windshield.
To keep the AEB with pedestrian detection system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area on the front of the vehicle and windshield clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensors (ex. bumper, windshield).
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front of the vehicle near the sensor area. This
5-106 Starting and driving
could cause failure or malfunction. . Do not attach metallic objects near
the radar sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's detection capability. . Do not alter, remove or paint the front of the vehicle near the sensor area. Before customizing or restoring the sensor area, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisee aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, meme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC etablies pour un environnement non controle. Cet equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (I-FCW)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the IFCW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The I-FCW system helps warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
The I-FCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane.
WAF0285X
The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to a second vehicle ahead in the same lane.
Starting and driving 5-107
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the vehicle information display) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system warning light (on the meter panel)
5-108 Starting and driving
WAF0349X
I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION
The I-FCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.
JVS0294X
Starting and driving 5-109
AEB system warning light (on the meter panel) Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
5-110 Starting and driving
JVS0971X
TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/ OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the IFCW system on or off.
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press "OK"
button. Use the
button to select
"Driver Assistance." Then press the
"OK" button.
2. Select "Driving Aids" and press the "OK" button.
3. Select "Emergency Brake" and press the OK button.
4. Select "Front" and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the AEB system warning light (orange) illuminates.
NOTE: . The I-FCW system will be automati-
cally turned on when the engine is restarted.
. The I-FCW system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the I-FCW system. When the AEB system is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off.
Illustration A
JVS0295X
Illustration B
JVS0296X
Illustration C
JVS0297X
Starting and driving 5-111
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Illustration D
JVS0298X
-- Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in the roadway
-- Oncoming vehicles
Listed below are the system limitations for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The I-FCW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
. The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:
-- Crossing vehicles
. (Illustration A) The I-FCW system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
. The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
-- Snow or heavy rain
-- Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor
-- Interference by other radar sources
-- Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles.
-- Driving in a tunnel
. (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed.
. (Illustration C) When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.
. (Illustration D) When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.
. The system is designed to automatically check the sensor's functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear the sensor area regularly.
5-112 Starting and driving
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the I-FCW system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from
the vehicle traveling ahead.
SSD0253
Starting and driving 5-113
JVS0972X
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the I-FCW system is automatically turned off. The AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume automatically.
5-114 Starting and driving
Condition B
Under the following conditions, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the I-FCW system is automatically turned off.
The AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate and the "Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked" or "Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. When the sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the AEB system warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover below the front bumper with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the I-FCW system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto-
matically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate and the warning message "Malfunction" will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the I-FCW system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
WAF0285X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sensor is located on the front of the vehicle.
To keep the system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunc-
tion. . Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. It is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer before customizing or restoring the front bumper.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisee aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, meme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
Starting and driving 5-115
REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC etablies pour un environnement non controle. Cet equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death.
. The RAB system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for proper driving procedures. Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move before and while backing up. Never rely solely on the RAB system. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. There is a limitation to the RAB system capability. The RAB system is not effective in all situations.
The RAB system can assist the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.
WAF0077X
The RAB system detects obstacles behind the vehicle using the rear sonar located on the rear bumper.
NOTE:
You can temporarily cancel the sonar function in the vehicle, but the RAB system will continue to operate. For additional information, see "Rear Sonar System (RSS)" (P.5-136).
5-116 Starting and driving
the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (models with the Intelligent Around View Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.
NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come
on when braking is performed by the RAB system.
. When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.
TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the RAB system ON or OFF.
RAB system warning light and RAB system warning indicator
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
Center display (if so equipped)
WAF0068X
RAB SYSTEM OPERATION
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB system operates.
If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up,
Starting and driving 5-117
5-118 Starting and driving
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press OK button.
Use the
button to select "Driver
Assistance." Then press the OK button.
2. Select "Driving Aids" and press the OK button.
3. Select "Emergency Brake" and press the OK button.
4. To set the RAB system to on or off, use the OK button to check the box for "Rear."
When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
The RAB system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted.
WAF0069X
RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the RAB system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death.
. When the vehicle approaches an obstacle while the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed, the function may not operate or the start of the operation may be delayed. The RAB system may not operate or may not perform sufficiently due to vehicle conditions, driving conditions, the traffic environment, the weather, road surface conditions, etc. Do not wait for the system to operate. Operate the brake pedal by yourself as soon as necessary.
. If it is necessary to override RAB operation, strongly press the accelerator pedal.
. Always check your surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before and while backing up. The RAB system detects station-
ary objects behind the vehicle. The RAB system does not detect the following objects:
-- Moving objects
-- Low objects
-- Narrow objects
-- Wedge-shaped objects
-- Objects close to the bumper (less than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])
-- Objects that suddenly appear
-- Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain, etc.
. The RAB system may not operate for the following obstacles:
-- Obstacles located high off the ground
-- Obstacles in a position offset from your vehicle
-- Obstacles, such as spongy materials or snow, that have soft outer surfaces and can easily absorb a sound wave
. The RAB system may not operate in the following conditions:
-- There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., attached to the sonar
sensors.
-- A loud sound is heard in the area around the vehicle.
-- The surface of the obstacle is diagonal to the rear of the vehicle.
. The RAB system may unintentionally operate in the following conditions: -- There is overgrown grass in the area around the vehicle.
-- There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll gate equipment, a narrow tunnel, a parking lot gate) near the side of the vehicle.
-- There are bumps, protrusions, or manhole covers on the road surface.
-- The vehicle drives through a draped flag or a curtain.
-- There is an accumulation of snow or ice behind the vehicle.
-- An ultrasonic wave source, such as another vehicle's sonar, is near the vehicle.
Starting and driving 5-119
. Once the automatic brake control operates, it does not operate again if the vehicle approaches the same obstacle.
. The automatic brake control can only operate for a short period of time. Therefore, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
. In the following situations, the RAB system may not operate properly or may not function sufficiently:
-- The vehicle is driven in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
-- The vehicle is driven on a steep hill.
-- The vehicle's posture is changed (e.g., when driving over a bump).
-- The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.
-- The vehicle is turned sharply by turning the steering wheel fully.
-- Snow chains are used.
-- Wheels or tires other than NISSAN recommended are used.
5-120 Starting and driving
-- The brakes are cold at low ambient temperatures or immediately after driving has started.
-- The braking force becomes poor due to wet brakes after driving through a puddle or washing the vehicle.
. Turn the RAB system off in the following conditions to prevent the occurrence of an unexpected accident resulting from sudden system operation:
-- The vehicle is towed.
-- The vehicle is carried on a flatbed truck.
-- The vehicle is on the chassis dynamometer.
-- The vehicle drives on an uneven road surface.
-- Suspension parts other than those designated as genuine parts are used. (If the vehicle height or the vehicle body inclination is changed, the system may not detect an obstacle correctly.)
. Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, an open vehicle win-
dow) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, the RAB system warning light will illuminate, and the "Malfunction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take
If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the RAB system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
NOTE:
If the RAB system cannot be operated temporarily, the RAB system warning light blinks.
WAF0077X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Observe the following items to ensure proper operation of the system:
. Always keep the rear sonar clean. . If the rear sonar are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful to not damage them.
. Do not subject the area around the rear sonar to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the rear sonar. If the rear sonar and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. Do not install any stickers (including transparent stickers) or accessories on the rear sonar and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunction or improper operation.
Starting and driving 5-121
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS
CAUTION
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance.
. Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
. Avoid quick starts. . Avoid hard braking as much as possi-
ble.
5-122 Starting and driving
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle.
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application.
. Avoid rapid starts and stops. . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and
brake application whenever possible.
. Maintain constant speed while commuting and coast whenever possible.
2. Maintain constant speed.
. Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops.
. Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops.
. Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency.
3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher vehicle speeds.
. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load.
. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag.
. Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A/C is on reduces cooling load.
4. Drive at economical speeds and distances.
. Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where legally allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag.
. Maintaining a safe following distance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking.
. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth acceleration changes.
. Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.
5. Use cruise control.
. Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed.
. Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains.
6. Plan for the shortest route.
. Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time.
INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY
INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)
7. Avoid idling.
. Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions.
8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.
. Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting.
9. Winter warm up.
. Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy.
. Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at startup to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving.
. Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling.
10. Keeping your vehicle cool.
. Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible.
. When entering a hot vehicle, opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/C system.
. Keep your engine tuned up.
. Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance.
. Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See "Engine oil and oil filter recommendation" (P.10-5).)
If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent 4x4 system while the engine is running, warning messages appear in the vehicle information display.
Starting and driving 5-123
to increased oil temperature. The driving mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the warning turns off, you can continue driving. The "Tire Size Incorrect" warning may appear if there is a large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes are the same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn. Turn off the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch and do not drive fast. If any warning message continues to be displayed, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.
JVS1120X
If the "AWD Error" warning appears, there may be a malfunction in the Intelligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. The "AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle" (high temperature) warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due 5-124 Starting and driving
WARNING
. For AWD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drive train damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels raised.
. The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the "AWD Error" warning on.
. If the warning message remains on after the above operation, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. If the "AWD Error" warning appears while driving, there may be a malfunction in the AWD system.
Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the LOCK mode, as this will overload the powertrain and may cause a serious malfunction.
LOCK mode: The AWD LOCK indicator light will illuminate. AUTO mode: The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off. Each time you push the switch, the AWD mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.
JVS1024X
INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS
The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located on the lower side of the instrument panel. This switch is used to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depending on the driving conditions.
Starting and driving 5-125
AWD mode AUTO LOCK
Wheels driven
AWD LOCK indicator light Use conditions
Distribution of torque to
the front and rear wheels
changes automatically,
depending on road conditions encountered [ratio;
-
For driving on paved or slippery roads
100 : 0 /? 50 : 50]. This
results in improved driving
stability.*1
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) *2*3*
For driving on rough roads
*1: When the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels is large, the AWD mode may change from AUTO to LOCK for a while, however, this is not a malfunction.
*2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle has been driven at a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator light turns off.
*3: The LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
. The AWD torque distribution between the front and rear wheels can be displayed in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
. If the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is operated while accelerating or decelerating, or if the ignition switch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. This is normal.
. The oil temperature of the powertrain parts will increase if the vehicle is continuously operated under conditions where the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheels is large (wheel slip), such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads, through sand or mud, or freeing a stuck vehicle. In these cases, the master warning light illuminates and the AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain parts. Stop driving with the engine idling and wait until the warning light turns off and the AWD returns to the AUTO mode. If the warning light remains on, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
5-126 Starting and driving
WARNING
. When driving straight, shift the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch to AUTO. Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch when making a turn or backing up.
. Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch with the front wheel spinning.
. Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine. Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces.
. When turning the vehicle in LOCK mode on paved roads, you may feel a braking effect. This is a normal condition of the AWD model.
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
WARNING
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
. Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended.
. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.
SSD0488
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission
placed into P (Park) for Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model or in an appropriate gear for Manual Transmission (MT) model. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident.
. Make sure the CVT shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) gear. When parking on an uphill grade, place the shift lever in the 1st gear.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:
Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the
Starting and driving 5-127
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
curb. . HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:
Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO CURB: Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves. 4. Models with Intelligent Key system: Place the ignition switch in the OFF position. Models without Intelligent Key system: Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position and remove the key.
5-128 Starting and driving
WARNING
. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be harder to operate.
. When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate.
The electric power steering is designed to provide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the electric power steering and protect it from getting damaged. While the power assist is reduced, steering wheel operation will become heavy. When the temperature of the electric power steering goes down, the power assist level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such
steering wheel operations that could cause the electric power steering to overheat.
You may hear a noise when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunction.
If the electric power steering warning
light
illuminates while the engine is
running, it may indicate the electric
power steering is not functioning prop-
erly and may need servicing. Have the
electric power steering checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer for this service. (See "Electric power
steering warning light" (P.2-14).)
When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle. However, greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.
The mode of the Power Steering can be changed to:
. NORMAL . SPORT For more information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19).
BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels.
Vacuum assisted brakes
The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer.
Using the brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage.
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
. While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident.
. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. Braking will be harder.
Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.
Parking brake break-in
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Starting and driving 5-129
BRAKE ASSIST
BRAKE ASSIST
When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force.
WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
WARNING
. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal sur-
5-130 Starting and driving
faces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.
. Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness.
-- When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels.
-- When installing a spare tire (if so equipped), make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label. See "Tire and Loading Information label" (P.10-10) of this manual.
-- For detailed information, see "Wheels and tires" (P.8-29) of this manual.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each
wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.
Using the system
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances.
Self-test feature
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a "clunk" noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunc-
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM
tion. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Normal operation
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road conditions.
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving.
The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions.
. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle.
. Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function).
. Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions:
-- understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input)
-- oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions).
The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations.
When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following:
. The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path.
. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly.
. Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
VDC warning light
illuminates in the
instrument panel. The VDC system auto-
matically turns off.
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the
VDC system. The VDC off indicator
illuminates to indicate the VDC system is
off. When the VDC switch is used to turn
off the system, the VDC system still
operates to prevent one drive wheel from
slipping by transferring power to a non
slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning
light
flashes if this occurs. All other
VDC functions are off, and the VDC
warning light will not flash. The VDC
system is automatically reset to on when
the ignition switch is placed in the off
position then back to the on position.
See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light" (P.2-17) and "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light" (P.2-17).
Starting and driving 5-131
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a "clunk" noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.
WARNING
. The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.
. Do not modify the vehicle's suspension. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the VDC warning light
5-132 Starting and driving
may illuminate.
. If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of roads.
. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the VDC warning light may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface.
. If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.
CHASSIS CONTROL
The chassis control is an electric control module that includes the following functions:
. Intelligent Trace Control . Intelligent Engine Brake . Active Ride Control
INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL
This system senses driving based on the driver's steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle response.
Intelligent Trace Control can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the Vehicle Information Display "Settings" page. See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19) for more information.
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system, the Intelligent Trace Control is also turned off.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operated and the "Chassis Control" mode is selected in the trip computer, the Intelligent Trace Control graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-40).)
If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Control is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See "Vehicle information display warnings and indicators" (P.2-31).)
JVS0403X
WARNING
The Intelligent Trace Control may not be effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operating, you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise. This is normal and indicates that the Intelligent Trace Control is operating properly. Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is set to OFF, some functions will remain on to assist the driver (for example, avoidance
Starting and driving 5-133
scenes).
INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models)
The Intelligent Engine Brake function adds subtle deceleration by controlling CVT gear ratio, depending on the cornering condition calculated from driver's steering input and plural sensors. This benefit to easier traceability and less workload of adjusting speed with braking at corners.
The Intelligent Engine Brake also adds subtle deceleration with gear ratio control according to driver's brake pedal operation.
The Intelligent Engine Brake can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the Vehicle Information Display "Settings" page. See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-19) for more information.
When the Intelligent Engine Brake is operated at corners and the "Chassis Control" mode is selected in the trip computer, the Intelligent Engine Brake graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. See "Trip computer" (P.240) for more information.
If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent Engine Brake is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
JVS0403X
WARNING
The Intelligent Engine Brake may not be effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively.
When the Intelligent Engine Brake is operating, the needle of the tachometer will rise up and you may hear an engine noise. This is normal and indicates that the Intelligent Engine Brake is operating properly.
5-134 Starting and driving
ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL
This system senses upper body motion based on wheel speed information and controls engine torque and four wheel brake pressure to enhance ride comfort in effort to restrain uncomfortable upper body movement. This system come into effect above 25 MPH (40 km/h). When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system, the Active Ride Control is also turned off.
deceleration. This is normal and indicates that the Active Ride Control is operating properly.
JVS0398X
When the brake control of the Active Ride Control is operated and the "Chassis Control" mode is selected in the trip computer, the Active Ride Control graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. See "Trip computer" (P.2-40) for more information.
If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Active Ride Control is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
When the Active Ride Control is operating, you may hear noise and sense slight
Starting and driving 5-135
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS)
WARNING
. Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death.
. The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury.
. The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do
5-136 Starting and driving
so may result in a collision or serious personal injury.
The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.
The hill start assist system will operate automatically under the following conditions:
. The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear.
. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely.
The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position (CVT models) or on a flat and level road.
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illuminates in the meter, the hill start assist system will not operate. (See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light" (P.2-17).)
WAF0072X
The RSS sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper. When the "Display" key is on, the sonar view will automatically appear in the touchscreen display. An additional view of the sonar status will appear in the vehicle information display for reference.
WARNING
. The RSS is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking.
. The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and
other maneuvers. Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking.
. Read and understand the limitations of the RSS as contained in this section. The colors of the sonar indicator and the distance guide lines in the rear view indicate different distances to the object.
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
. The RSS is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.
. The RSS is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground.
. The RSS may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass,
wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.
If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.
CAUTION
. Excessive noise (such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard.
. Keep the sonar sensors (located on the rear bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The system informs with a visual and audible alert of rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
Range
Rear sonar
Sound
Display
P (Park)
B
C
R (Reverse) O
O
N (Neutral) B
C
D (Drive)
B
C
O = Display / Beep when detect
C = Display on camera view
B = No display and beep
The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds when an obstacle is detected by only the corner sensor and the distance does not change. The tone will stop when the obstacle gets away from the vehicle.
When the object is detected, the indicator (green) appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone
Starting and driving 5-137
sounds continuously.
WAF0074X
Example
When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object, the corner sonar indicator appears. When the center of the vehicle moves close to an object, the center sonar indicator appears.
WAF0075X
Example
The system indicators will appear when the vehicle moves closer to an object (if so equipped).
5-138 Starting and driving
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSS
The system is automatically activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RSS:
1. Press the
button until "Set-
tings" appears in the vehicle informa-
tion display and then press OK button.
Use the
button to select "Driver
Assistance." Then press the OK button.
2. Select "Parking Aids" and press the OK button
3. Select "Rear Sensor" and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.
. Select "Display" to display the rear sensor in the vehicle information display when the RSS activates.
. Select "Range" to change the RSS distance to "Far," "Mid," or "Near."
WAF0076X
Starting and driving 5-139
RSS LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the RSS limitations for the sonar system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Read and understand the limitations of the RSS as contained in this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the RSS; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
. The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the RSS; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
. The RSS is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper or on the ground.
5-140 Starting and driving
. The RSS may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.
. The RSS may not detect objects at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When sonar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically.
The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.
WAF0077X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sonar sensors are located on the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the sonar sensors clean.
The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
apply additional paint near the sonar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the sonar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the sonar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole, or use the Intelligent Key system or the remote keyless entry key fob.
ANTI-FREEZE
In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter protection. For additional information, see "Engine cooling system" (P.8-4).
BATTERY
If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, see "Battery" (P.8-11).
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see "Engine cooling system" (P.8-4).
TIRE EQUIPMENT
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
Tire chains may be used. For details, see "Tire chains" (P.8-36) of this manual.
Starting and driving 5-141
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model
If you install snow tires, they must also be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter:
. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades.
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support.
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.
. Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
WARNING
. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or "grip" under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.
5-142 Starting and driving
. Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction.
. Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.
. Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.
. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.
6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ......................................... 6-2 Roadside assistance program ........................................... 6-2 Emergency engine shut off (models with push-button ignition switch) .............................................. 6-3 Flat tire .................................................................................................. 6-3
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 6-3 Changing a flat tire (models with spare tire) ..................................................................................... 6-4
Repairing a flat tire (models with emergency tire puncture repair kit) .................................................. 6-9 Jump starting .............................................................................. 6-14 Push starting ................................................................................ 6-16 If your vehicle overheats .................................................... 6-16 Towing your vehicle ............................................................... 6-18 Towing recommended by NISSAN ..................... 6-19 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-21
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
. Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.
In the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside Assistance Service is available to you. Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for details.
SIC2574
Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.
WARNING
. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road.
. Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.
6-2 In case of emergency
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF (models with push-button ignition switch)
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.
FLAT TIRE
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare (if so equipped). When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning message is displayed in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.2-10) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5).
WARNING
. If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires
and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire (if so equipped) or repair it using the emergency tire puncture repair kit (if so equipped) as soon as possible.
. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.
In case of emergency 6-3
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors (models without emergency tire puncture repair kit).
. NISSAN recommends using only Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. Visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible after using tire repair sealant (models with emergency tire puncture repair kit).
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE (models with spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below.
Stopping the vehicle
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
4. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position.
5. Turn off the engine.
6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.
7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
WARNING
. Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the Manual Transmission is shifted into R (Reverse), or the CVT into P (Park).
. Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous.
. Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for professional road assistance.
6-4 In case of emergency
MCE0001A
Blocking wheels
Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury.
JVE0270X
Getting the spare tire and tools
Remove the jack, necessary tools and the spare tire from the storage area. The spare tire, jack and tools are located under the flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) and cover.
JVE0402X
Pull up the flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) and cover. Remove the jack and tools from the storage area.
In case of emergency 6-5
Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire
SCE0913
Remove the clamp holding the spare tire.
SCE0630
Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)
WARNING
Never use your hands to remove the wheel cover. This may cause personal injury.
To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod as illustrated.
Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.
WARNING
. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change.
. Use the correct jack-up points. Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.
. Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary.
. Never use blocks on or under the jack.
. Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack, as it may cause the vehicle to move.
. Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the
6-6 In case of emergency
jack.
Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.
JVE0165X
Jack-up point
1. Place the jack directly under the jackup point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm ground.
In case of emergency 6-7
2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning it counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground.
3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and then remove the tire.
6-8 In case of emergency
SCE0504
SCE0933
Installing the spare tire
The spare tire is designed for emergency use. (See specific instructions under the heading "Wheels and tires" (P.8-29).)
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( , , , , ), more than 2 times, until they are tight.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground. Then, with the wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated. Lower the vehicle completely.
WARNING
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off. This could cause an accident.
. Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This could cause the nuts to become loose.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque: 80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifications at all times. It is recommended that the wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at
each lubrication interval. . Adjust tire pressure to the COLD
pressure.
COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar.
Stowing the damaged tire and the tools
1. Securely store the jack, tools and the damaged tire in the storage area.
2. Replace the flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) and cover.
3. Close the liftgate.
WARNING
. Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use. Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop.
. The spare tire is designed for emergency use. See specific instructions under the heading "Wheels and tires" (P.8-29).
REPAIRING A FLAT TIRE (models with emergency tire puncture repair kit)
The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. This repair kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tire puncture. After using the repair kit, it is recommended that visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire inspection and repair/replacement.
CAUTION
. NISSAN recommends using only Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.
. Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit provided with your vehicle on other vehicles.
In case of emergency 6-9
. Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit for a purpose other than to inflate and check the tire pressure for the vehicle.
. Use the emergency tire puncture repair kit only on DC12V.
. Keep water and dust off the emergency tire puncture repair kit.
. Do not disassemble or modify the emergency tire puncture repair kit.
. Do not drop the kit or allow hard impacts to the kit.
. Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit under the following conditions. It is recommended that contact a NISSAN dealer or professional road assistance.
-- when the sealant has passed its expiration date (shown on the label attached to the bottle)
-- when the cut or the puncture is approximately 0.2 in (5 mm) or longer
-- when the side of the tire is damaged
6-10 In case of emergency
-- when the vehicle has been driven with a considerable loss of air from the tire
-- when the tire is completely displaced inside or outside the rim
-- when the tire rim is damaged
-- when two or more tires are flat
WAG0040X
Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit
Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located under the cargo room. The repair kit consists of the following items:
Air compressor* and Speed restriction sticker Tire sealant bottle *: The compressor shape may differ depending on the models. NOTE: A spare tire, jack and rod are not equipped as standard. These parts are dealer options. It is recommended that
contact a NISSAN dealer about obtaining these parts. See "Changing a flat tire (models with spare tire)" (P.6-4) for usage of jacking tools and tire replacement.
Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit
. If any foreign object (for example, a screw or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove it.
. Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on the label attached to the bottle). Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed.
Repairing tire
WARNING
Observe the following precautions when using the emergency tire puncture repair kit.
. Swallowing the compound is dangerous. Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance.
. Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek prompt medical attention.
. Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children.
JVE0014X
1. Take out the speed restriction sticker from the air compressor*, then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving. *: The compressor shape may differ depending on the models.
CAUTION
Do not put the speed restriction label on the steering wheel pad, the speedometer or the warning light locations.
In case of emergency 6-11
SCE0868
2. Take the hose and the power plug out of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor.
SCE0869
3. Remove the cap of the tire sealant bottle, and screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact. Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle.)
4. Remove the cap of the tire valve on the flat tire.
SCE0870
5. Remove the protective cap of the hose and screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Make sure that the pressure release valve is securely tightened. Make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF (*) position, and then insert its power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle.
6-12 In case of emergency
SCE0871
6. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. Then turn the compressor switch to the ON (-) position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the tire placard affixed to the driver's side center pillar if possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge.
If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure, adjust the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve. The cold tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the driver's side center pillar.
CAUTION
. An incomplete connection between the hose and tire valve causes air leakage or sealant scatter.
. Do not stand directly beside the damaged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of the rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn the compressor off immediately.
. There is a possibility that the pressure reaches 87 psi (600 kPa) while the tire is being inflated, but it is normal condition. Usually the pressure will drop in about 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the compressor for more than 10 minutes.
If the tire pressure does not increase to 26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire puncture repair kit. It is recommended that contact a NISSAN dealer.
7. When the tire pressure is reaching the specified pressure or is at the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa), turn the air compressor off. Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and valve cap.
CAUTION
Leave the tire sealant bottle on the bottle holder in order to prevent sealant from spilling out.
8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed of 50 MPH (80 km/h) or less.
9. After driving, make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF (*) position, then screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge.
If the tire pressure drops under 19 psi (130 kPa ): The tire cannot be repaired with this tire puncture repair kit. It is recommended that contact a NISSAN dealer.
In case of emergency 6-13
JUMP STARTING
If the tire pressure is 19 psi (130 kPa) or more but less than the specified pressure: Turn the compressor switch to the ON (-) position and inflate the tire up to the specified pressure. Then repeat the steps from 8. If the pressure drops again, the tire cannot be repaired with this tire puncture repair kit. It is recommended that contact a NISSAN dealer.
When the tire pressure is the specified pressure: The temporary repair is completed. It is recommended that visit a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacement as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Do not reuse the tire sealant bottle or the hose.
For a new tire sealant bottle and hose, it is recommended that contact a NISSAN dealer.
To start your engine with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed.
WARNING
. If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.
. Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery.
. Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
. The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.
6-14 In case of emergency
. Whenever working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump starting.
. Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury.
. Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.
WARNING
Always follow the instructions below. Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).
5. Remove the vent caps on the battery (if so equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard.
6. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).
JVE0279X
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle , position the two vehicles ( and ) to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
CAUTION
. Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (-) to body ground (for example, as illustrated), not to the battery.
. Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact
In case of emergency 6-15
PUSH STARTING
IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
any other metal.
7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes.
8. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started.
CAUTION
Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again.
9. After starting your engine, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable ( ? ? ? ).
10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid.
Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.
CAUTION
. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models cannot be push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage.
. Three-way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged.
. Never try to start the vehicle by towing it; when the engine starts, the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle.
WARNING
. Never continue driving if your vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause a vehicle fire.
. Never open the hood if steam is coming out.
. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is hot. If the radiator or coolant reservoir cap is removed when the engine is hot, pressurized hot water will spurt out and possibly cause burning, scalding or serious injury.
. If steam or coolant is coming from the engine, stand clear of the vehicle to prevent getting burned.
. The engine cooling fan will start at anytime when the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees.
. Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts.
6-16 In case of emergency
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by
an extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road and apply the parking brake.
2. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
Do not stop the engine.
3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped). Open all the windows, move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed.
4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. (If steam or coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen.
5. Open the engine hood.
WARNING
If steam or water is coming from the engine, stand clear to prevent getting burned.
6. Visually check the drive belt for damage or looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is running. The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run, stop the engine.
WARNING
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, engine belts or the engine cooling fan. The engine cooling fan can start at any time.
7. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the reservoir with the engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
In case of emergency 6-17
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictional and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service operators are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.
. Always attach safety chains before towing.
For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see "Flat towing" (P.10-16) of this manual.
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions apply, dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used.
6-18 In case of emergency
All-wheel drive models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
SCE0952
In case of emergency 6-19
. When towing MT models with the front wheels on the ground: Place the ignition switch in the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similar device. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
. When towing MT models with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake.
SCE0950
Two-wheel drive models
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
. Never tow CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground (forward or backward), as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission. If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with
the rear wheels raised, always use towing dollies under the front wheels.
. When towing CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies: Place the ignition switch in the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straightahead position with a rope or similar device. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
. When towing a CVT model with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake.
6-20 In case of emergency
Front wheels on the ground: NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used under the front wheels when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model with the front wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause serious and expensive damage to the drivetrain.
Manual Transmission (MT) model:
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
2. Secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with rope or a similar device.
3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Attach the safety chains whenever towing.
Rear wheels on the ground: 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF
position.
2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Attach safety chains whenever towing.
All four wheels on the ground: NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow CVT model with all four wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause serious and expensive damage to the drivetrain.
Manual Transmission (MT) model: 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF
position. 2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position. 3. Release the parking brake.
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)
WARNING
To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle:
. Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure.
. Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.
. Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle.
. Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer's instructions.
. Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull at an angle.
. Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for the recovery device.
Rocking a stuck vehicle
WARNING
. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. . Do not spin your tires at high
speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged.
In case of emergency 6-21
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive) (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or 1st and R (Reverse) (Manual Transmission (MT) models).
. Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion.
. Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D (CVT models) or 1st and R (MT models).
. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.
WARNING
. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. . Do not spin your tires at high
speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged.
6-22 In case of emergency
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior ........................................................................... 7-2 Washing ......................................................................................... 7-2 Waxing ............................................................................................ 7-2 Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3 Underbody ................................................................................... 7-3 Glass ................................................................................................. 7-3 Wheels ............................................................................................. 7-3 Aluminum alloy wheels ..................................................... 7-3 Chrome parts ............................................................................ 7-4 Tire dressing .............................................................................. 7-4
Cleaning interior ........................................................................... 7-4 Air fresheners ......................................................................... 7-5 Floor mats ................................................................................. 7-5 Seat belts ................................................................................... 7-6 Cleaning the seat tracks ............................................... 7-6
Corrosion protection ................................................................ 7-7 Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion .................................................................. 7-7 Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion .............................................................................. 7-7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ............ 7-7
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle as soon as you can:
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain
. after driving on coastal roads . when contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface . when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover.
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover.
WASHING
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.
7-2 Appearance and care
CAUTION
. Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used.
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.
. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become water-spotted.
. Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water.
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
WAXING
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax.
A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product.
. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.
. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polish-
ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
REMOVING SPOTS
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for these products.
UNDERBODY
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.
GLASS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorinebased disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements.
WHEELS
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance.
. Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed.
. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
. NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter.
CAUTION
ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed.
CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels:
. Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels.
. Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature.
. Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.
Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.
Appearance and care 7-3
CLEANING INTERIOR
CHROME PARTS
Clean chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
TIRE DRESSING
NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions:
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil-based tire dressing.
. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult to remove).
. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread/grooves.
. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manufacturer.
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather.
Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer's recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean the meter and gauge lens.
WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
7-4 Appearance and care
CAUTION
. Never use benzine, thinner, or any similar material.
. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.
. Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather's natural finish.
. Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer.
. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It
may damage the lens cover.
AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions:
. Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface.
. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer's instructions before using air fresheners.
FLOOR MATS
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision, injury or death:
. NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position or install them upside down or backwards.
. It is recommended that you use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model and model year.
. Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat positioning hooks. See "Floor mat installation" (P.7-5).
. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation.
. Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.
. After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.
The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.
JVA0018X
Floor mat installation
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hook (s) for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle.
When installing genuine NISSAN floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the floor mat and the following:
1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the floor mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s).
2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat
Appearance and care 7-5
is properly positioned.
3. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation. With the ignition in the OFF position and the shift lever in the P (Park) position (Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position (Manual Transmission (MT) models), fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position. It is recommended you see a NISSAN dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.
JVA0031X
Positioning hook(s)
The illustration shows the location of the floor mat positioning hook(s).
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them.
See "Seat belts" (P.1-12).
dye, or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.
CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS
CAUTION
Periodically clean the seat tracks to prevent reduction of ability to move the seats.
Clean periodically with a high-powered vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A wet cleansing agent may be used if necessary.
7-6 Appearance and care
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach,
CORROSION PROTECTION
MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION
. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.
. Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION
Moisture
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.
Relative humidity
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used.
Temperature
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.
Air pollution
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces.
TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION
. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean.
. Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible.
. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation.
. Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.
CAUTION
cleaner.
. Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, it is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer.
. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum
Appearance and care 7-7
MEMO 7-8 Appearance and care
8 Do-it-yourself
Maintenance precautions ...................................................... 8-2 Engine compartment check locations ........................ 8-3
MR20DD engine model ..................................................... 8-4 Engine cooling system ............................................................. 8-4
Checking engine coolant level .................................... 8-5 Changing engine coolant ................................................ 8-6 Engine oil ............................................................................................. 8-6 Checking engine oil level ................................................. 8-6 Changing engine oil and filter ..................................... 8-6 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............................................................................................ 8-9 Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid ....................... 8-9 Window washer fluid .............................................................. 8-10 Battery ................................................................................................ 8-11 Jump starting ......................................................................... 8-12 Variable voltage control system ................................... 8-13 Drive belt .......................................................................................... 8-13 Spark plugs ..................................................................................... 8-14 Replacing spark plugs ..................................................... 8-14 Air cleaner ....................................................................................... 8-15 Air duct removal .................................................................. 8-15 Air cleaner filter replacement ................................... 8-15
Windshield wiper blades ..................................................... 8-16 Cleaning ................................................................................... 8-16 Replacing ................................................................................ 8-16
Rear window wiper blade .................................................. 8-17 Brakes ................................................................................................ 8-17
Self-adjusting brakes ..................................................... 8-17 Brake pad wear warning ............................................ 8-17 Fuses ................................................................................................... 8-18 Engine compartment .................................................... 8-18 Passenger compartment ........................................... 8-20 Key fob battery replacement .......................................... 8-21 Intelligent Key battery replacement .......................... 8-23 Lights .................................................................................................. 8-25 Headlights .............................................................................. 8-25 Exterior and interior lights ........................................ 8-27 Wheels and tires ........................................................................ 8-29 Tire pressure ........................................................................ 8-29 Tire labeling .......................................................................... 8-33 Types of tires ....................................................................... 8-35 Tire chains .............................................................................. 8-36 Changing wheels and tires ...................................... 8-37
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.
WARNING
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (CVT model) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MT model).
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs.
. If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.
. It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.
8-2 Do-it-yourself
. Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.
. If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape.
. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.
. Because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for service of the fuel filter or fuel lines.
. Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Always turn off the engine and wait until it cools down.
. If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.
. Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from fuel and the battery.
. On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, the fuel filter and fuel lines should be serviced because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is turned off. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan.
. Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, engine coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can hurt the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluids.
CAUTION
. Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Turn the engine
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS
off and wait until it cools down.
. Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, and engine coolant and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid.
. Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
. Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
. Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan.
A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. (See "Owner's manual/service manual order information" (P.10-21).) You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.
WAA0212X
Remove the air duct if necessary. To remove the air duct : 1. Remove the clips with a suitable
tool. 2. Loosen the bolt with a suitable tool. 3. Pull the air duct upward and then
sideways. To install the air duct, perform the installation procedure in reverse order.
This "8. Do-it-yourself" section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
Do-it-yourself 8-3
MR20DD ENGINE MODEL
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Window washer fluid reservoir 6. Drive belt
8-4 Do-it-yourself
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.
WAA0211X
7. Engine oil dipstick 8. Battery 9. Fuse/fusible link box *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
WARNING
. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. See precautions in "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-16) of this manual.
. The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap.
. If the engine was stopped soon when the engine is hot, the cooling fan may operate for approximately 10 minutes after the engine was stopped to cool the components in the engine com-
partment. When the cooling fan is operating, be sure that hands or other items do not get caught in it.
CAUTION
. Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system.
. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protection to -34°F(-37°C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-
low the coolant manufacture's instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37°C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system.
. The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (or equivalent coolant), including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factoryfill coolant. Refer to the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual for more details.
JVM0438X
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below the MIN level , open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX level . If the reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level .
Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant.
If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked. It is
Do-it-yourself 8-5
ENGINE OIL
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant. The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating.
WARNING
. To avoid being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.
. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
. Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
. Keep coolant out of the reach of children and pets.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.
8-6 Do-it-yourself
SDI1993
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Reinsert it all the way.
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level. It should be within the range . If the oil level is below , remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the open-
ing. Do not overfill . 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity of operating conditions.
CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly. Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by the warranty.
CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
WARNING
. Used oil must be disposed of properly. Never pour or dump oil into the ground, canals, rivers, etc. It should be disposed of at proper waste facilities. NISSAN recommends having your oil changed by a NISSAN dealer.
. Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil may be hot.
. Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
. Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If contacted, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible.
. Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children.
Vehicle set-up
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches the operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes.
4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands. . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle.
CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage.
JVM0414X
Do-it-yourself 8-7
JVM0421X
1. Oil filler cap 2. Oil drain plug 3. Oil filter
Engine oil and filter
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.
2. Remove the oil filler cap. 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench
and completely drain the oil.
CAUTION
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.
8-8 Do-it-yourself
. Waste oil must be disposed of properly.
. Check your local regulations. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed.) 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand. 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the mounting surface of the engine. Failure to do so could lead to engine damage.
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil.
7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten additionally more than 2/3 turn. Oil filter tightening torque: 11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.5 N·m)
8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench.
Drain plug tightening torque: 22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 N·m)
Do not use excessive force.
9. Refill the engine with the recommended oil through the oil filler opening, and install the oil filler cap securely.
See "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2) for drain and refill capacity. The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine.
10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter. Correct as required.
11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.
After the operation
1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.
2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
WARNING
. Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
. Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
. Keep used engine oil out of reach of children.
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
When checking or replacement is required, we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.
CAUTION
. NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids.
. Do not use Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) or Manual Transmission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered by the NISSAN's New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may also damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered by the NISSAN's New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if so equipped) FLUID
For additional brake and clutch fluid information, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2) of this manual.
WARNING
. Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch systems, and affect the vehicle's stopping ability.
. Clean the filler cap before removing.
. Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.
Do-it-yourself 8-9
WINDOW WASHER FLUID
JVM0789X
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line
. If fluid must be added frequently, the system should be checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
8-10 Do-it-yourself
Type A Type B
JVM0788X
Type A: Check the fluid level in the window washer reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window washer fluid.
Type B: To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap/tube assembly, then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid.
Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the mixture ratio.
Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically.
Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning appears (if so equipped).
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid.
Recommended fluid:
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent
JVM0380X
CAUTION
. Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for window washer solution. This may result
in damage to the paint.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.
BATTERY
. Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water.
. Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.
. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect the negative 7 battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
WARNING
. Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin,
eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. . Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low. Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead to an explosion. . When working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry. . Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. . Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
Do-it-yourself 8-11
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see "Jump starting" (P.6-14). If the engine does not start by jump starting, the battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
DI0137MA
Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL lines.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill.
SDI1480C
1. Remove the cell plugs .
2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line.
If the side of the battery is not clear, check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell; the condition indicates OK and the condition needs more to be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs .
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.
8-12 Do-it-yourself
VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT
CAUTION
. Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely.
. Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator.
1. Alternator 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley 4. Air conditioner compressor 5. Water pump
loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. 2. Have the belt condition checked regularly.
SDI1881
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.
1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or
Do-it-yourself 8-13
SPARK PLUGS
WARNING
Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is applied.
Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2670
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs
It is not necessary to replace the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.
8-14 Do-it-yourself
AIR CLEANER
AIR CLEANER FILTER REPLACEMENT
WAI0158X
AIR DUCT REMOVAL
1. Remove the clip with a suitable tool. 2. While pulling off the lock , pull out the
clip and pull up the air duct .
WAI0159X 1. Remove the clips and open the air
cleaner filter cover . 2. Pull up the air cleaner filter .
WARNING
. Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury.
Do-it-yourself 8-15
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.
CAUTION
Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.
REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.
2. Push and hold the release tab , and move the wiper blade down the wiper arm .
3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds.
4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is in the groove.
SDI2359
CAUTION
. After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened.
. Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure.
8-16 Do-it-yourself
REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE
BRAKES
It is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required.
If the brakes do not operate properly, it is recommended you have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.
SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.
SDI2693
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle . This may cause improper windshield
washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any objects with a needle or small pin . Be careful not to damage the nozzle.
WARNING
Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions,
Do-it-yourself 8-17
FUSES
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, see the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
JVM0386X
OFF position (if so equipped) or the AUTO position and the headlights are OFF.
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cover by using a suitable tool and pushing the tab.
4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box.
8-18 Do-it-yourself
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned
off, and the headlight switch is in the
6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse .
7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Type A
SDI1753
Type B
SDI1754
JVM0444X
The holder also contains the fuses. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for checking and/or replacing.
Fusible links
If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. For checking and replacing the fusible links, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Do-it-yourself 8-19
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
JVM0387X
OFF position (if so equipped) or the AUTO position and the headlights are OFF. 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller
.
SDI1754
4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse .
5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned
off, and the headlight switch is in the
8-20 Do-it-yourself
KEY FOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT
JVM0415X
Extended storage fuse switch (if so equipped)
To reduce battery drain, the extended storage fuse switch comes from the factory switched off. Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is pushed in (switched on) and should always remain on.
If the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on), the meter may display a warning message. See "21. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warning" (P.2-33).
If any electrical equipment does not operate, remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse.
NOTE:
If the extended storage fuse switch malfunctions or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the switch. In this case, remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating.
How to remove the extended storage fuse switch:
1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch, be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position.
2. Be sure the headlights are off. (See "Headlight switch" (P.2-52) or "Intelligent Auto Headlight system" (P.2-52).)
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the extended storage fuse switch.
5. Pull the extended storage fuse switch straight out from the fuse box .
CAUTION
. Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.
. An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
. When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.
. There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
Do-it-yourself 8-21
JVM0381X
To replace the battery: 1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit
to open the lid. Use a cloth to protect the casing. 2. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent
8-22 Do-it-yourself
. Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction.
. Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity.
. Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case .
3. Close the lid securely.
4. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
. Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.
. An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
. When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.
. There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
Use a cloth to protect the casing.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2032 or equivalent . Do not touch the internal circuit
and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. . Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity. . Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case.
SDI2451
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part.
Do-it-yourself 8-23
SDI2452
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts , and then push them together until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
If you need any assistance for replacement, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including inter8-24 Do-it-yourself
ference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
LIGHTS
WAI0093X
1. Front parking light/Daytime running light/Front turn signal light (LED type)
2. Front turn signal light (bulb type)
3. Headlight (high-beam)
4. Headlight (low-beam)
5. Front side marker light
6. Map light and front room light
7. Room light
8. Side turn signal light (if so equipped)
9. Front fog light (if so equipped)
10. Cargo light
11. High-mounted stop light
12. Rear combination light (tail light, stop light, rear turn signal light)
13. Rear side marker light
14. License plate light
15. Reverse light/Tail light
HEADLIGHTS
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.
Do-it-yourself 8-25
Replacing
LED headlight model: If LED headlight replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Halogen headlight model: The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.
. Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Use the same number and wattage as originally installed as shown in the chart.
CAUTION
. Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance.
. High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped.
. Only touch the base when handling the bulb. Never touch the glass envelope. Touching the glass envelope could significantly affect bulb life and/or headlight performance.
8-26 Do-it-yourself
WAI0094X
Low-beam/High-beam: 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the rear end of the bulb. 3. Remove the headlight bulb by turning it
counterclockwise. Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it.
4.
Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal.
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item
Headlight high beam (bulb type)
Headlight low beam (bulb type)
Headlight high/low beams (LED type)*
Front turn signal light*
Front parking light*
Front side marker light*
Front fog light (if so equipped)*
Side turn signal light (if so equipped)*
Daytime running light*
Rear combination light*
Wattage (W)
65 55 LED 21 or LED LED LED 35 LED LED
Bulb No. H9 H11 -
WY21W or H8 -
Turn signal light Stop/tail light Back-up Rear side marker light* License plate light* Map light* Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* High-mounted stop light* Room light Cargo light Glove box light*
21
W21W
LED
--
16
W16W
LED
-
5
W5W
LED
-
1.8
-
LED
-
8
-
5
-
1.4
-
*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.
NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.
Do-it-yourself 8-27
SDI2306
Replacement procedures
: REMOVE : INSTALL
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.
8-28 Do-it-yourself
Room light
SDI1499A
Cargo light
SDI2653
WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, see "Flat tire" (P.63).
TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare (if so equipped). When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning message is displayed in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).
For more details, see "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.2-14), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.63).
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure of the tires (including the spare (if so equipped)) often and always prior to long distance trips. The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the "Cold Tire Pressure" heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly because:
. Most tires naturally lose air over time.
. Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking.
The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals
outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. (See "TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert" (P.5-8).)
Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.
WARNING
. Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident.
. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable
Do-it-yourself 8-29
handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components. . Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. . For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
8-30 Do-it-yourself
Tire and Loading Information label
Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle.
Vehicle load limit: See "Ve-
SDI2503
hicle loading information" (P.10-12). Original size: The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.
Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle's GVWR. Tire size -- see "Tire labeling" (P.8-33). Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if so equipped)
Do-it-yourself 8-31
SDI1949
Checking the tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.
2. P r e s s t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other tires, including the spare (if so equipped).
8-32 Do-it-yourself
SIZE
FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE
215/65 R16 98H 215/60 R17 96H 225/45 R19 92W
215/65 R16 98H
REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 215/60 R17 96H
225/45 R19 92W
SPARE TIRE (if so T145/90 D16 106M
equipped)
T135/90 D16 102M
COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE
230 kPa, 33 PSI 230 kPa, 33 PSI 240 kPa, 35 PSI 230 kPa, 33 PSI 230 kPa, 33 PSI 240 kPa, 35 PSI
420 kPa, 60 PSI
SDI1575
Example
TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.
Do-it-yourself 8-33
SDI1606
Example
Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)
1. P: The "P" indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio, gives the tire's ratio of
8-34 Do-it-yourself
height to width.
4. R: The "R" stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire's load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.
JVM0694X
Example
TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the "Department of Transportation". The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number.
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer's identification mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)
5. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the other sidewall of the tire.
Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
Maximum permissible inflation pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure.
Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maxi-
mum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
Term of "tubeless" or "tube type"
Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube ("tube type") or not ("tubeless").
The word "radial"
The word "radial" is shown, if the tire has radial structure.
Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
Other tire-related terminology:
In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(2) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle. TYPES OF TIRES
WARNING
. When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (Example: Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability.
. Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
Do-it-yourself 8-35
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
. Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which can cause the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system to malfunction resulting in personal injury or death, excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission, transfer case and differential gears.
All season tires
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
8-36 Do-it-yourself
Summer tires
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
Snow tires
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded
tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of nonstudded snow tires.
TIRE CHAINS
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer's suggestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class "S" chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class "S" chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In
addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/ or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire (if so equipped).
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress.
SDI1662
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES
Tire rotation
NISSAN recommends rotating the tires at the specified interval shown in the maintenance schedule. (See the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. For tire replacing procedure, see "Flat tire" (P.6-3).)
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque: 80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval.
WARNING
. After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. Do not include the spare tire (if so equipped) in the tire rotation.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
Do-it-yourself 8-37
1. Wear indicator 2. Wear indicator location mark
Tire wear and damage
SDI1663
WARNING
. Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.
8-38 Do-it-yourself
. The original tires have builtin tread wear indicators. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced.
. Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, including the spare (if so equipped), over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician, because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury.
. Improper service of the spare tire (if so equipped) may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety
Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. (See "Specifications" (P.10-7) for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.)
WARNING
. The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, VDC system, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.
. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, if your vehicle was originally
equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the new tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury.
. If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimension. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See "Wheels and tires" (P.10-7) of this manual for wheel off-set dimensions.
. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires
replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly. Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor.
. When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID registration may be required. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for ID registration.
. Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by NISSAN. The valve stem cap may become stuck.
. Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.
. Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without
warning. . The use of retread tire is not
recommended. . For additional information re-
garding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
CAUTION
. Always use tires of the same size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission, transfer case and rear differential gears.
. Only use spare tires (if so equipped) specified for each AWD model.
Do-it-yourself 8-39
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Wheel balance
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required. Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
Care of wheels
See "Cleaning exterior" (P.7-2) for details about care of the wheels.
8-40 Do-it-yourself
Spare tire (if so equipped)
Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will not function.
Observe the following precautions if the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used, otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident.
WARNING
. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used for emergency use. It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage.
. Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving.
. Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).
. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed, do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than
50 MPH (80 km/h).
. When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and original tire used on the front wheels (drive wheels). Use tire chains only on the front (original) tires.
. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear.
. Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles.
. Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time.
CAUTION
. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle.
. Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance
is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.
Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if so equipped)
The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied to the vehicle instead of a spare tire. The kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tire puncture. After using the repair kit, it is recommended that visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire inspection and repair/replacement. See "Flat tire" (P.6-3) for more details.
Do-it-yourself 8-41
MEMO 8-42 Do-it-yourself
9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirement ..................................................... 9-2 General maintenance ......................................................... 9-2 Scheduled maintenance .................................................. 9-2 Where to go for service .................................................... 9-2
General maintenance ................................................................ 9-2 Explanation of general maintenance items ...... 9-2
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 9-5 Emission control system maintenance ............. 9-5 Chassis and body maintenance .............................. 9-6
Maintenance schedules .......................................................... 9-7 Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions ........................................................ 9-7
Standard maintenance ........................................................... 9-8
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle good mechanical condition, as well as its emission and engine performance. It is the owner's responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for proper vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed. Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools. These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer.
9-2 Maintenance and schedules
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
The maintenance items listed in this section are required to be serviced at regular intervals. However, under severe driving conditions, additional or more frequent maintenance will be required.
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up-to-date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and training programs. They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins.
If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is recommended that you ask your NISSAN dealer where the nearest NISSAN Certified Collision Center is located, or go to http:// collision.nissanusa.com.
You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer's service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle.
During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to check for the cause or have it checked promptly. In addition, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required.
When performing any checks or maintenance work, see "Maintenance precautions" (P.8-2).
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Additional information on the following items with "*" is found in the "8. Do-ityourself" section of this manual.
Outside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly. Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or
other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check headlight aim.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.
Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specified interval shown in the maintenance schedule.
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare (if so equipped), to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components: Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,
there may be a need for wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility.
It is recommended that you have a damaged windshield repaired by a NISSAN dealer, or a NISSAN Certified Collision Center. To locate a collision center in your area, refer to http://collision.nissanusa.com.
Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
Inside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the
pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, have your vehicle checked immediately. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied.
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) position without applying any brakes.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs adjusted, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
Maintenance and schedules 9-3
Seats: Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position. Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washers operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.
Under the hood and vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (for example, each time you check the engine oil or refuel).
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-
9-4 Maintenance and schedules
tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.
Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the drive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust system inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See "Precautions when starting and driving" (P.54) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for the cause and have it corrected immediately.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the exhaust system. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt
may accumulate. For additional information, see "Cleaning exterior" (P.7-2).
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
The following descriptions are provided to give you a better understanding of the scheduled maintenance items that should be regularly checked or replaced. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item requires service.
In addition to scheduled maintenance, your vehicle requires that some items be checked during normal day-to-day operation. Refer to "General maintenance" (P.9-2).
Items marked with "*" are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. You are not required to perform maintenance on these items in order to maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.
When applicable, additional information can be found in the "8. Do-it-yourself" section of this manual.
NOTE:
NISSAN does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on a NISSAN product. Many of the aftermarket flushing systems use non-OEM approved chemicals or solvents, the use of which has not been validated by NISSAN.
For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.10-2) of this manual.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Drive belt*:
Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying or cracking and for proper tension. Replace any damaged drive belt.
Engine air filter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, check/replace the filter more frequently.
Engine coolant*:
Replace coolant at the specified interval. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to "Engine cooling system" (P.8-4) to determine the proper mixture for your area.)
NOTE:
Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the recommended service interval of the coolant.
Maintenance and schedules 9-5
Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oil and oil filter at the specified intervals. For recommended oil grade and viscosity refer to "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2). Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjust valve clearance if necessary. Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary. Fuel filter Periodic maintenance is not required (intank type filter). Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary. Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals. Install new plugs of the type as originally equipped.
9-6 Maintenance and schedules
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Brake lines and cables:
Visually inspect for proper installation. Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake pads and rotors:
Check for wear, deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Exhaust system:
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
In-cabin microfilter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, replace the filter more frequently.
Propeller shaft(s):
Check for damage, looseness, and grease leakage. (AWD)
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts, drive shaft boots:
Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently.
Tire rotation:
Rotate tires at the specified interval. When
rotating tires, check for damage and uneven wear. Replace if necessary.
Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil and transfer case oil:
Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specified intervals.
If using a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads:
. Replace the Manual Transmission gear oil every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months.
. Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or request the dealer to inspect the fluid deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the deterioration data is more than 210,000, replace the CVT fluid.
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
To help ensure smooth, safe and economical driving, NISSAN provides two maintenance schedules that may be used, depending upon the conditions in which you usually drive. These schedules contain both distance and time intervals, up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. For most people, the odometer reading will indicate when service is needed. However, if you drive very little, your vehicle should be serviced at the regular time intervals shown in the schedule.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDITIONS
Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions; should be performed on vehicles that are driven under especially demanding conditions. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you primarily operate your vehicle under the following conditions:
. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.
. Operating in hot weather in stop-andgo "rush hour" traffic.
. Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.
. Driving in dusty conditions.
. Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread roads.
. Using a car-top carrier.
If your vehicle is mainly operated under the severe conditions, follow the severe maintenance intervals shown in the maintenance schedule.
Maintenance and schedules 9-7
STANDARD MAINTENANCE
The following shows the maintenance schedule. Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval.
5,000 Miles/6 Months/8,000 Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
7,500 Miles/6 Months/12,000 Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance:
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
10,000 Miles/12 Months/16,000 Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid
9-8 Maintenance and schedules
15,000 Miles/12 Months/24,000 Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance:
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
15,000 Miles/18 Months/24,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
20,000 Miles/24 Months/32,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)
Maintenance and schedules 9-9
22,500 Miles/18 Months/36,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect Intelligent Key battery . Replace engine oil and filter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
25,000 Miles/30 Months/40,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
30,000 Miles/24 Months/48,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation
9-10 Maintenance and schedules
Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
30,000 Miles/36 Months/48,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid
35,000 Miles/42 Months/56,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
Maintenance and schedules 9-11
37,500 Miles/30 Months/60,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
40,000 Miles/48 Months/64,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)
45,000 Miles/36 Months/72,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
9-12 Maintenance and schedules
45,000 Miles/54 Months/72,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
50,000 Miles/60 Months/80,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid
52,500 Miles/42 Months/84,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
Maintenance and schedules 9-13
55,000 Miles/66 Months/88,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
60,000 Miles/48 Months/96,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation
Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
9-14 Maintenance and schedules
60,000 Miles/72 Months/96,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)
65,000 Miles/78 Months/104,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
67,500 Miles/54 Months/108,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
Maintenance and schedules 9-15
70,000 Miles/84 Months/112,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid
75,000 Miles/60 Months/120,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
75,000 Miles/90 Months/120,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
9-16 Maintenance and schedules
80,000 Miles/96 Months/128,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)
82,500 Miles/66 Months/132,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
85,000 Miles/102 Months/136,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
Maintenance and schedules 9-17
90,000 Miles/72 Months/144,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation
Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
90,000 Miles/108 Months/144,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid
9-18 Maintenance and schedules
95,000 Miles/114 Months/152,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
97,500 Miles/78 Months/156,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
100,000 Miles/120 Months/160,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid . Replace differential gear oil . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)
Maintenance and schedules 9-19
105,000 Miles/84 Months/168,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine coolant (1) . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace spark plugs (2) . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months. (2) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.
105,000 Miles/126 Months/168,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
110,000 Miles/132 Months/176,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace brake fluid
9-20 Maintenance and schedules
112,500 Miles/90 Months/180,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
115,000 Miles/138 Months/184,000
Km
Standard maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . Replace engine oil and filter
120,000 Miles/96 Months/192,000
Km
Standard maintenance: . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Perform tire rotation
Maintenance and schedules 9-21
Severe maintenance: Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
9-22 Maintenance and schedules
10 Technical and consumer information
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants .................................... 10-2
Fuel information .................................................................. 10-3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........ 10-5 Air conditioning system refrigerant and oil recommendations ....................................................... 10-6 Specifications ................................................................................ 10-7 Engine .......................................................................................... 10-7 Wheels and tires .................................................................. 10-7 Dimensions and weights .............................................. 10-8 When traveling or registering in another country ......................................................................... 10-8 Vehicle identification .............................................................. 10-8 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ....... 10-8 Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ................................................................. 10-9 Engine serial number ....................................................... 10-9 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ................. 10-9 Emission control information label .................. 10-10 Tire and Loading Information label ................. 10-10 Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-10 Installing front license plate ......................................... 10-12 Vehicle loading information .......................................... 10-12 Terms........................................................................................ 10-12
Vehicle load capacity ................................................ 10-13 Securing the load ......................................................... 10-14 Loading tips ...................................................................... 10-14 Measurement of weights ....................................... 10-15 Towing a trailer ...................................................................... 10-15 Flat towing ................................................................................. 10-16 Flat towing for AllWheel Drive vehicle (if so equipped)............................................................... 10-16 Flat towing for Front-Wheel Drive vehicle (if so equipped)............................................................... 10-16 Uniform tire quality grading ........................................ 10-17 Treadwear .......................................................................... 10-17 Traction AA, A, B and C ........................................... 10-17 Temperature A, B and C ......................................... 10-17 Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-18 Reporting safety defects ................................................ 10-18 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ....................................................................................... 10-19 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ......................................... 10-20 Additional data recording (on vehicles equipped with optional ProPILOT assist) ............................................................. 10-20 Owner's manual/service manual order information ................................................................. 10-21
CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the "8. Do-it-yourself" section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Fluid type
Fuel Engine oil*1
With oil filter change
Drain and refill Without oil filter change *1: For additional information, see "Changing engine oil and filter" (P.86).
Engine coolant
With reservoir
Reservoir Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid
Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil
Differential gear oil Transfer fluid Brake and clutch fluid
Multi-purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil Window washer fluid
Capacity (approximate)
Metric
US
Imperial
Measure Measure Measure
55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal
3.8 L
4 qt 3-3/8 qt
3.6 L 3-7/8 qt 3-1/8 qt
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
See "Fuel information" (P.10-3). Genuine "NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN" (or equivalent) is recommended. If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 GF-5 SN
motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN's New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional information, see "Engine oil and oil filter recommendation" (P.10-5).
CVT model MT model
8.7 L 8.5 L 0.6 L
--
9-1/4 qt 8-3/8 qt
5/8 qt --
7-5/8 qt 7 qt 1/2 qt --
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the
"8. Do-it-yourself" section.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
4.5 L 1-1/4 gal 1 gal
Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY
in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN's New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ 75W-80 or equivalent If Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ is not available, API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ as soon as it is available. Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3 *2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base) See "Vehicle identification" (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label. HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) See "Vehicle identification" (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label. A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or
equivalent
10-2 Technical and consumer information
FUEL INFORMATION
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (AntiKnock Index) number (Research octane number 91).
CAUTION
. Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect warranty coverage.
. Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.
. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
. Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl
(MMT). Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indicate MMT content, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details. Note that Federal and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline.
. U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Gasoline specifications
NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance. Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications.
Reformulated gasoline
Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available.
Gasoline containing oxygenates
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence. NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your vehicle cannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and/or fuel system damage.
. The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
. If an oxygenate-blend, other than methanol blend is used, it should contain no more than 10% oxygenate. (MTBE may, however, be added
Technical and consumer information 10-3
up to 15%.)
. E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle and should not be used. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
. If a methanol blend is used, it should contain no more than 5% methanol (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems. At this time, sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles.
If any driveability problems such as engine stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage.
E-15 fuel
E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E- 15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
E-85 fuel
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Fuel containing MMT
MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting additive. NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle performance, including the emissions control system. Note that while some fuel pumps
10-4 Technical and consumer information
label MMT content, not all do, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details.
Aftermarket fuel additives
NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended for gum, varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine.
Octane rating tips
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent, heavy "spark knock". (Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine damage. If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating, or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads, it is recommended you have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition. Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSAN is not responsible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark knock, after-run and/or overheat-
ing, which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage. If any of the above symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.
However, now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load.
JVT0351X
API certification mark
API service symbol
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION
Selecting the correct oil
It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.10-2). NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy.
Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute (API) certification or International Lubricant Standar-
dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage.
Oil additives
NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives. The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used.
Technical and consumer information 10-5
Oil viscosity
recommended change interval.
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature. Because of this, it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change. Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage.
Selecting the correct oil filter
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS
The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) and A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or the exact equivalents.
Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in "Change intervals".
Change intervals
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters. Using an engine oil and filter other than the specified quality, or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built. You do not have to change the oil before the first
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components.
The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth's ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth's atmosphere, certain government regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner system service. Air conditioner system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians to ensure proper and safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle
10-6 Technical and consumer information
your air conditioner system refrigerant. Only new and SAEJ2842 certified evaporator(s) shall be used as replacement parts.
A damaged or leaking air conditioning evaporator shall never be repaired or replaced with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle. To replace a damaged or leaking evaporator, use only new and SAE J2842 certified evaporator (s). It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system.
SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE
Model
Type
Cylinder arrangement
Bore × Stroke Displacement
in (mm) cu in (cm3)
Firing order
Idle speed
rpm
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm
Spark plug
Standard
Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm)
Camshaft operation
MR20DD Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC 4-cylinder, in-line 3.307 × 3.547 (84.0 × 90.1) 121.86 (1,997) 1-3-4-2
No adjustment is necessary.
DILKAR7D11H 0.043 (1.1) Timing chain
This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.
WHEELS AND TIRES
Road wheel
Type
Size
Conventional
Spare (if so equipped)
16 × 6.5JJ
17 × 7J 19 × 7J 16 × 4T
Offset in (mm) 1.57 (40)
1.38 (35) 1.57 (40) 1.18 (30)
Tire
Type Conventional
Spare (if so equipped)
Pressure
Size
PSI (kPa)
[Cold]
215/65R16 98H
33 (230)
215/60R17 96H
33 (230)
225/45R19 92W
35 (240)
T145/90 D16 106M T135/90 D16 102M
60 (420)
Depending on the models, the emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied.
Technical and consumer information 10-7
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
Front Rear
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
172.8 (4,388)
72.3 (1,838)
62.5 (1,587) 63.3 (1,607)*1 62.4 (1,585) 62.8 (1,595)*2 62.3 (1,583) 62.7 (1,593)*2 104.2 (2,646)
lb (kg) See the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification label on the driver's side center
lb (kg) pillar.
lb (kg)
*1: Roof rack equipped model *2: Models with 17 inch wheels
WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle's engine.
Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifications may differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
JVT0352X
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE
The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.
10-8 Technical and consumer information
JVT0286X
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (chassis number)
The vehicle identification number is located as shown. Remove the cover to access the number.
STI0785
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.
STI0448
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.
Technical and consumer information 10-9
JVT0406X
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL
The emission control information label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown.
STI0494
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as shown.
STI0739
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL
The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown.
10-10 Technical and consumer information
Air conditioner specification label symbols:
Symbol Name
Reference
Caution
ISO 7000 0434
Air Conditioning System (MAC)
ISO 2575 D01
MAC System Lubricant Type (PAGPOE)
Requires Registered Technician to Service MAC System
Flammable Refrigerant
Graphic
Technical and consumer information 10-11
INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
WARNING
WAJ0068X
To mount the front license plate , attach the licence plate to the location marks (small dimples) of the bumper using the two screws provided.
. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.
TERMS
It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle:
. Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle) - vehicle weight including: standard and optional equipment, fluids, emergency tools, and spare tire assembly. This weight does not include
10-12 Technical and consumer information
passengers and cargo. . GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -
curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo. . GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. This information is located on the F.M.V.S. S./C.M.V.S.S. label. . GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. . GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer. . Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Total load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified of the load (passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can
be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label. . Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit.
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as "The combined weight of occupants and cargo" on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as "Seating Capacity" on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get "the combined weight of occupants and cargo", add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight. Examples are shown in the following illustration.
STI0447
Steps for determining correct load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs" on your vehicle's
of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
placard.
Technical and consumer information 10-13
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or (640 - 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See "Measurement of weights" (P.10-15).)
Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. See the Tire and Loading Information label.
JVI1686X
SECURING THE LOAD
There are luggage hooks located in the cargo area as shown. The hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps. Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lbs. (10 kg) to a single metal floor hook when securing cargo.
WARNING
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat-
10-14 Technical and consumer information
backs. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area. Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.
LOADING TIPS . The GVW must not exceed GVWR
or GAWR as specified on the F.M. V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.
WARNING
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.
. Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure, which
TOWING A TRAILER
could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle's warranty.
Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.
Technical and consumer information 10-15
FLAT TOWING
FLAT TOWING FOR ALLWHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.
CAUTION
. Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage.
. Never flat tow your All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle.
. DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle with any wheels on the ground. Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
. For emergency towing procedures refer to "Towing recommended by NISSAN" (P.6-19).
FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.
CAUTION
. Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage.
. Whenever flat towing your vehicle, always tow forward, never backward.
. Never tow your front wheel drive vehicle with the front tires on the ground. Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
. DO NOT tow your front wheel drive Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.
. For emergency towing procedures refer to "Towing recommended by NISSAN" in the "In case of emergency" section of this manual.
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle's drive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer's recommendations when using their product.
Manual Transmission (MT)
. Always tow with the Manual Transmission in Neutral.
. Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70 MPH (112 km/h) when flat towing your vehicle.
. After towing 500 miles, start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes. Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission's internal parts.
10-16 Technical and consumer information
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
TREADWEAR
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
TRACTION AA, A, B AND C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
Technical and consumer information 10-17
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Your vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties.
For USA:
. Emission Defects Warranty . Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your vehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:
. Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canada:
Emission Control System Warranty
Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your vehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:
. Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5
For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar. gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
10-18 Technical and consumer information
You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.
For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN.
If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.
You may contact Transport Canada's Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-3330510. You may also report safety defects online at: https:// wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers) or https://
READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers).
Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada's Road Safety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www. tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (French speakers).
To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.
WARNING
A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD) should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing), or similar equipment. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
condition". Before taking the I/M test, check the vehicle's inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test condition is "not ready". If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is "ready".
It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer to set "ready condition" or to prepare the vehicle for testing.
Due to legal requirements in some states/ areas or provinces, your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the "ready condition" for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the "ready condition" when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the "ready condition" can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be reset to a "not ready
Technical and consumer information
10-19
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
. Sounds are not recorded.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law.
ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on vehicles equipped with optional ProPILOT assist)
If your vehicle is equipped with the optional ProPILOT assist, it will also be equipped with supplemental data recording function intended to assist in understanding how ProPILOT assist performs in certain nontrivial crash or near-crash scenarios. Specifically, supplemental recording is designed to capture the following:
. Driver operational status of the accelerator, brakes, steering, etc.
. Detection status of a vehicle ahead and lane markers
10-20 Technical and consumer information
. Vehicle information including distance to vehicle ahead and lateral position
. Information on the operation of the ProPILOT assist and other crash avoidance features
. ProPILOT assist malfunction diagnosis information
. External images from the multi-sensing front camera (Available only when the SRS air bag or AEB with pedestrian detection system is activated)
The ProPILOT assist does not record conversations, sounds or images of the inside of the vehicle.
To read this supplemental data, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the recording unit is needed. This supplemental data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law. If downloaded, NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN may use the data recorded for the purpose of improving NISSAN's vehicle safety performance.
NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN will not disclose/provide the recorded data to a third party except:
. With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee
. In response to an official request from law enforcement, court order, governmental agency, or other legally enforceable request
. For research purposes after the data is modified such that it is no longer tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anonymized)
OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner's Manuals can also be purchased.
In the USA:
For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact:
www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner's Manuals contact:
1-800-247-5321
In Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner's Manual for this model year and prior please contact a NISSAN dealer. For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.
Technical and consumer information 10-21
MEMO 10-22 Technical and consumer information
MEMO
Technical and consumer information 10-23
MEMO 10-24 Technical and consumer information
11 Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .................... 5-130 Active Ride Control ................................................. 5-135 Advanced air bag system..................................... 1-48 Air bag system
Advanced air bag system.............................. 1-48 Front and rear seat --mounted s ide-impact supplemental air bag system................................................................ 1-59 Front passenger air bag and status light................................................................. 1-50 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system..................... 1-59 Air bag warning labels ............................................ 1-61 Air bag warning light................................. 1-62, 2-13 Air cleaner filter replacement............................ 8-15 Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-15 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation............................... 4-26 Air conditioner service...................................... 4-33 Air conditioner specification label....... 10-10 Air conditioning system refrigerant and oil recommendations.............. 4-33, 10-6 Air duct removal........................................................... 8-15 Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle security system)............................................................ 2-47 Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................... 5-10 Android Auto....................................................................... 4-2 Antenna............................................................................... 4-34 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................... 5-130 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light................................................................... 2-13 Appearance care Exterior appearance care ................................. 7-2 Interior appearance care................................... 7-4
Apple CarPlay®................................................................... 4-2 Armrest.................................................................................... 1-8 Audible reminders....................................................... 2-18 Audio.......................................................................................... 4-2 Automatic
Door locks...................................................................... 3-7 Automatic air conditioner .................................... 4-31 Automatic brake hold.............................................. 5-29 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system warning light................................................ 2-14 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection system............................. 5-97 Average speed............................................................... 2-40 Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-8
B
Battery.................................................................................. 8-11 Battery replacement, Intelligent Key..... 8-23 Battery replacement, Key fob..................... 8-21 Battery saver system......................................... 2-57 Variable voltage control system .............. 8-13
Before starting the engine................................... 5-17 Blind Spot Warning (BSW)..................................... 5-46 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ......... 4-2 Booster seats.................................................................. 1-38 Brake
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............ 5-130 Brake and clutch fluid ......................................... 8-9 Brake system ....................................................... 5-129 Electronic parking brake warning light............................................................ 2-14 Parking brake .......................................................... 5-27 Warning light............................................................ 2-11 Break-in schedule .................................................... 5-122
Brightness control Instrument panel..................................................... 2-9
Bulb check/instrument panel............................ 2-11 Bulb replacement........................................................ 8-25
C
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants...................... 10-2 Car phone or CB radio............................................ 4-35 Card holder....................................................................... 2-72 Cargo area........................................................................ 2-70 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ....... 5-4 Chassis control............................................ 2-42, 5-133 Child restraints.............................................................. 1-21
Booster seats........................................................... 1-38 LATCH system......................................................... 1-24 Precautions on child restraints................. 1-22 Child safety....................................................................... 1-19 Child safety rear door lock ...................................... 3-7 Chimes Seat belt warning light and chime.................................................... 1-14, 2-12 Chimes, Audible reminders.................................. 2-18 Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. 8-19 Cleaning exterior and interior................... 7-2, 7-4 Clock...................................................................................... 2-42 Clutch fluid............................................................................ 8-9 Cockpit..................................................................................... 2-3 Cold weather driving............................................. 5-141 Console box..................................................................... 2-71 Console light ................................................................... 2-81 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid............................................................................... 8-9 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator ............................................................ 2-9
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode .................................................................. 5-91 Coolant
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-6 Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5 Corrosion protection.................................................... 7-7 Cruise control................................................................. 5-62 Cup holders...................................................................... 2-69 CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)............................. 5-13, 5-20
D
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system....... 2-57 Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch....................... 2-51 Dimensions and weights....................................... 10-8 Display
Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19 Drive belt ............................................................................ 8-13 Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag..................................................................... 1-57 Driving
Cold weather driving..................................... 5-141 Driving with CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)..................................... 5-20 Driving with manual transmission.......... 5-25 Intelligent 4x4..................................................... 5-123 On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-9 Precautions when starting and driving.................................................................... 5-4 Safety precautions .............................................. 5-10 Dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist).................. 2-61
11-2
E
ECO mode switch........................................................ 2-64 ECO mode system...................................................... 5-32
Ambient ECO............................................................ 5-34 ECO Drive Report.................................................. 5-34 ECO Pedal Guide function............................. 5-33 Economy, Fuel............................................................. 5-123 Elapsed time.................................................................... 2-40 Elapsed time and trip odometer..................... 2-40 Electric power steering........................................ 5-128 Electric power steering warning light ........ 2-14 Emergency Call (SOS) button ............................ 2-67 Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if so equipped).................................................................... 8-41 Emission control information label............ 10-10 Emission control system warranty ............ 10-18 Engine Before starting the engine............................ 5-17 Break-in schedule ............................................ 5-122 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-6 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6 Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5 Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6 Coolant temperature gauge .......................... 2-7 Emergency engine shut off.............. 5-16, 6-3 Engine compartment check locations......................................................... 8-3 Engine cooling system........................................ 8-4 Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ..................................... 10-5 Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6 Engine serial number ........................................ 10-9 Engine specifications......................................... 10-7
Engine start operation indicator (for Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) ........................ 2-31 Engine start operation indicator (for Manual Transmission (MT) models)............................................................. 2-31 If your vehicle overheats................................ 6-16 Starting the engine.............................. 5-18, 5-19 Event Data Recorders (EDR)............................. 10-20 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-4 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items........................................................ 9-5
F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ......... 10-9 Filter
Air cleaner housing filter ................................ 8-15 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6 Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch).................................................................... 6-2 Flat tire..................................................................................... 6-3 Flat towing..................................................................... 10-16 Floor mat cleaning......................................................... 7-5 Fluid Brake and clutch fluid ......................................... 8-9 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid....................................................................... 8-9 Engine coolant........................................................... 8-4 Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6 Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-10 Fog light switch............................................................ 2-59 Front manual seat adjustment............................ 1-4 Front passenger air bag and status light........................................................................ 1-50
Front seat, Front seat adjustment .................... 1-4 Fuel
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Fuel economy...................................................... 5-123 Fuel information.................................................... 10-3 Fuel octane rating ............................................... 10-3 Fuel-filler cap............................................................ 3-28 Fuel-filler door......................................................... 3-28 Gauge................................................................................ 2-8 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips................................... 5-122 Fuses...................................................................................... 8-18 Fusible links...................................................................... 8-19
G
Garage door opener HomeLink® Universal Transceiver........... 2-83
Gas cap................................................................................ 3-28 Gauge........................................................................................ 2-5
Engine coolant temperature gauge......... 2-7 Fuel gauge .................................................................... 2-8 Odometer....................................................................... 2-6 Speedometer .............................................................. 2-6 Tachometer.................................................................. 2-7 General maintenance................................................... 9-2 Glove box ........................................................................... 2-71
H
Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2 Head restraints/headrests....................................... 1-8 Headlights
Bulb replacement................................................. 8-25 Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52 Heated seats ................................................................... 2-60 Heated steering wheel............................................ 2-59
Heater Heater and air conditioner operation....................................... 4-26
High beam assist......................................................... 2-55 Hill start assist system ......................................... 5-136 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.................. 2-83 Hood release ................................................................... 3-25 Hook
Luggage hook......................................................... 2-73 Horn........................................................................................ 2-59 How to enable/disable the steering assist................................................................ 5-73
I
Ignition switch ............................................................... 5-14 Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system)...................................................................... 5-12 Ignition switch positions ....................................... 5-15 Immobilizer system.................................................... 2-47 Indicator
Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19 indicator light
Electronic parking brake indicator light .......................................................... 2-12 Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-32 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............ 10-19 Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-9 Instrument panel............................................................. 2-4 Intelligent 4x4............................................................. 5-123 Intelligent Around View® Monitor................... 4-10 Intelligent Auto Headlight system ................. 2-52 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ......................... 5-75 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicator................................................................. 2-34 Intelligent Driver Alertness................................... 5-94 Intelligent Engine Brake...................................... 5-134
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW).......................................................... 5-107 Intelligent Key system ............................................. 3-11
Key operating range.......................................... 3-13 Key operation.......................................................... 3-14 Remote keyless operation ............................ 3-19 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) .................. 5-40 Intelligent Trace Control..................................... 5-133 Interior light replacement..................................... 8-27 Interior light switch.................................................... 2-81 Interior lights................................................................... 2-80 ISOFIX child restraint ................................................ 1-24
J
Jump starting ................................................................. 6-14
K
Key Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system)..................................... 5-12 Ignition switch positions ................................ 5-15
Key positions................................................................... 5-14 Keyless entry
(See remote keyless entry system)........... 3-7 With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system)......................... 3-19 Keys ............................................................................................ 3-2 For Intelligent Key system............................. 3-11
L
Labels Air bag warning labels ..................................... 1-61 Air conditioner specification label....... 10-10 Emission control information label .... 10-10
11-3
Engine serial number ........................................ 10-9 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................................................. 10-9 Tire and Loading information label................................ 8-31, 10-10 Vehicle identification number (VIN)........ 10-8 Lane Departure Warning (LDW)........................ 5-35 LATCH system................................................................ 1-24 License plate, Installing front license plate.................................................................. 10-12 Liftgate Liftgate release lever ......................................... 3-27 Operating manual liftgate............................. 3-26 Light Air bag warning light......................................... 1-62 Bulb replacement................................................. 8-25 Fog light switch..................................................... 2-59 Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52 Headlights bulb replacement ..................... 8-25 Interior lights............................................................ 2-80 Map lights................................................................... 2-81 Replacement ............................................................ 8-25 Room light.................................................................. 2-82 Vanity mirror lights............................................. 2-82 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders................................................ 2-10 Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement........................................................ 8-27 Loading information (See vehicle loading information) .............................................. 10-12 Lock Automatic door locks........................................... 3-7 Door locks...................................................................... 3-5 Power door lock....................................................... 3-5 Loose fuel cap warning.......................................... 3-30 Low tire pressure warning................................... 2-32
11-4
Low tire pressure warning (Low tire pressure)................................................................... 2-32 Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-14 Low tire pressure warning system (See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)).................................................................. 5-5 Luggage hooks ............................................................. 2-73
M
Maintenance Battery........................................................................... 8-11 General maintenance........................................... 9-2 Inside the vehicle..................................................... 9-3 Maintenance precautions................................. 8-2 Maintenance requirements............................. 9-2 Maintenance schedules...................................... 9-7 Outside the vehicle ................................................ 9-2 Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-18 Standard maintenance....................................... 9-8
Maintenance schedules.............................................. 9-7 Malfunction indicator light (MIL)...................... 2-16 Manual air conditioner and heater............... 4-27 Manual front seat adjustment.............................. 1-4 Manual Transmission (MT) ................................... 5-13 Map lights.......................................................................... 2-81 Master warning light.................................. 2-12, 2-16 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)....... 3-4 Mechanical key (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System)...................................................... 3-3 Memory Seat................................................................... 3-34 Meters and gauges........................................................ 2-5
Instrument brightness control ..................... 2-9 Mirror
Inside mirror ............................................................. 3-32 Outside mirrors...................................................... 3-33 Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-34
Moonroof............................................................................ 2-78 Moving Object Detection (MOD) ...................... 4-21 MR20DD engine model............................................... 8-4
N
New vehicle break-in............................................. 5-122 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-47 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key ...... 3-2
O
Odometer............................................................................... 2-6 Off-road recovery............................................................ 5-9 Oil
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6 Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6 Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6 Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6 Operating ProPILOT assist................................... 5-69 Outside air temperature........................................ 2-43 Outside mirrors............................................................. 3-33 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.............. 6-16 Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information..................................................... 10-21
P
Panic alarm............................................................ 3-9, 3-21 Parcel shelf ....................................................................... 2-73 Parking
Brake break-in .................................................... 5-129 Parking brake .......................................................... 5-27 Parking on hills................................................... 5-127
Parking brake Electronic parking brake indicator light .......................................................... 2-12
Phone Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone..................... 4-2 Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-35
Power Electric power steering................................ 5-128 Power door lock....................................................... 3-5 Power outlet............................................................. 2-65 Power windows ..................................................... 2-76
Power moonroof.......................................................... 2-78 Precautions
Braking precautions....................................... 5-129 Child restraints....................................................... 1-22 Cruise control.......................................................... 5-63 Driving safety........................................................... 5-10 Maintenance................................................................ 8-2 On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-9 Seat belt usage...................................................... 1-12 SRS ................................................................................... 1-42 When starting and driving................................ 5-4 ProPILOT assist ............................................................. 5-64 ProPILOT assist switches ...................................... 5-67 ProPILOT assist system display and indicators ................................................................ 5-68 ProPILOT assist system operation ................ 5-66 Push starting................................................................... 6-16 Push-button ignition switch............................... 5-14
R
RAB system limitations........................................ 5-119 RAB system operation.......................................... 5-117 Radio
Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-35 Rapid air pressure loss................................................ 5-9
Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test........................................................................... 10-19 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)....................... 5-116 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light................................................................... 2-17 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)......................... 5-54 Rear door alert .............................................................. 2-63 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ................................................................................ 3-7 Rear seats.............................................................................. 1-7 Rear sonar system (RSS)..................................... 5-136 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ........................................................... 2-51 Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-50 RearView Monitor............................................................ 4-2 Recorders, Event data .......................................... 10-20 Registering in another country........................ 10-8 Remote engine start................................................. 3-23 Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent Key system ............................................. 3-19 Remote keyless entry system ............................... 3-7 Repairing a flat tire (models with emergency tire puncture repair kit)................. 6-9 Reporting safety defects.................................... 10-18 Roadside assistance program .............................. 6-2 Rollover.................................................................................... 5-8 Roof
Moonroof..................................................................... 2-79 Roof rack............................................................................ 2-75 Room light......................................................................... 2-82
S
Safety Child seat belts....................................................... 1-19 Reporting safety defects............................ 10-18
Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment.................... 1-4 Front seats.................................................................... 1-4
Seat belt(s) Child safety................................................................ 1-19 Infants............................................................................ 1-19 Injured persons ...................................................... 1-15 Larger children ....................................................... 1-20 Precautions on seat belt usage................ 1-12 Pregnant women.................................................. 1-15 Seat belt cleaning ................................................... 7-6 Seat belt extenders............................................. 1-18 Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-18 Seat belt warning light and chime.................................................... 1-14, 2-12 Seat belts.................................................................... 1-12 Seat belts with pretensioners.................... 1-60 Shoulder belt height adjustment ............ 1-17 Small children.......................................................... 1-20 Three-point type with retractor............... 1-15
Seat(s) Heated seats ............................................................ 2-60 Seats.................................................................................. 1-3
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), Engine start................. 2-47 Security system, Vehicle security system............................................................. 2-45 Servicing air conditioner........................................ 4-33 Shift lever
Shift lock release................................................... 5-24 Shift lock release
Transmission............................................................ 5-24 Shifting
CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)..................................... 5-20 Manual transmission ......................................... 5-25
11-5
Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats......................................................................... 1-17 Soft bottle holders...................................................... 2-70 Spare tire............................................................. 8-40, 10-7 Spark plugs....................................................................... 8-14 Speedometer ...................................................................... 2-6 SPORT mode switch.................................................. 5-32 SRS
Precautions on SRS ............................................ 1-42 Standard maintenance............................................... 9-8 Starting
Before starting the engine............................ 5-17 Jump starting .......................................................... 6-14 Precautions when starting and driving.................................................................... 5-4 Push starting............................................................ 6-16 Starting the engine.............................. 5-18, 5-19 Status light, Front passenger air bag......... 1-50 Steering Electric power steering................................ 5-128 Heated steering wheel..................................... 2-59 Tilt/telescopic steering .................................... 3-30 Steering assist................................................................ 5-84 Steering assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist)............................................................ 2-62 Storage ................................................................................ 2-69 Sun visors .......................................................................... 3-31 Sunglasses holder....................................................... 2-72 Supplemental air bag warning labels......... 1-61 Supplemental air bag warning light.................................................... 1-62, 2-13 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 1-42 Switch Fog light switch..................................................... 2-59 Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2 Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52
11-6
Ignition switch ........................................................ 5-12 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch ........................ 2-63 Intelligent Auto Headlight switch............ 2-52 Power door lock switch ..................................... 3-6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .................................................... 2-51 Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-58 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch .................................................................... 2-62 System maintenance............................................. 5-121 System malfunction ............................................... 5-121
T
Tachometer.......................................................................... 2-7 Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................................................... 2-7 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), Engine start ............................................... 2-47 Three-way catalyst......................................................... 5-4 Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................... 3-30 Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warning light................................................................... 2-14 Tires
Flat tire............................................................................. 6-3 Low tire pressure warning system ........... 5-5 Tire and Loading information label................................ 8-31, 10-10 Tire chains.................................................................. 8-36 Tire dressing................................................................ 7-4 Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-29 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)................................................. 5-5, 6-3 Tire rotation.............................................................. 8-37 Types of tires ........................................................... 8-35 Uniform tire quality grading.................... 10-17 Wheel/tire size ........................................................ 10-7
Wheels and tires.................................................... 8-29 Towing
Tow truck towing................................................. 6-18 Towing a trailer.................................................. 10-15 TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system....... 5-5 TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert......................... 5-8 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system.............. 6-3 Traffic Sign Recognition......................................... 2-43 Trailer towing .............................................................. 10-15 Transceiver HomeLink® Universal Transceiver........... 2-83 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission..... 5-13 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid....................................................................... 8-9 Driving with CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)..................................... 5-20 Driving with manual transmission.......... 5-25 Transmission shift lever lock release..... 5-24 Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system)...................................................................... 3-7 Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system)................................ 3-19 Traveling or registering in another country ........................................................... 10-8 Trip computer ................................................................ 2-40 Trip odometer................................................................ 2-40 Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-58 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ON......................................... 5-69 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF ............... 5-117
U
Underbody cleaning...................................................... 7-3 Uniform tire quality grading............................ 10-17
USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector................................................... 2-66
V
Vanity mirror ................................................................... 3-34 Vanity mirror lights.................................................... 2-82 Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-13 Vehicle
Dimensions and weights................................ 10-8 Identification number (VIN)........................... 10-8 Loading information ...................................... 10-12 Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle).......... 6-21 Security system...................................................... 2-45 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch .................................................................... 2-62 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system........................................................ 5-131 Vehicle information display................................. 2-19 How to use the vehicle information display............................................. 2-20 Settings......................................................................... 2-21 Startup display ....................................................... 2-20 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators ......................................................... 2-31 Ventilators......................................................................... 4-25
W
Warning Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW).................................................. 5-107 Low tire pressure warning............................ 2-32 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)................................................. 5-5, 6-3 Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19
Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders................................................ 2-10 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-61 Warning light Air bag warning light.......................... 1-62, 2-13 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light............................................................ 2-13 Brake warning light ............................................ 2-11 Electric power steering warning light............................................................ 2-14 Electronic parking brake warning light............................................................ 2-14 Low tire pressure warning light ............... 2-14 Seat belt warning light and chime.................................................... 1-14, 2-12 Warranty, Emission control system warranty....................................................... 10-18 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch......................................................... 2-50 Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-48 Washing................................................................................... 7-2 Waxing...................................................................................... 7-2 Weights (See dimensions and weights)..... 10-8 Wheel/tire size ............................................................... 10-7 Wheels and tires........................................................... 8-29 Care of wheels........................................................... 7-3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................ 7-3 Window washer fluid ................................................ 8-10 Window(s) Cleaning.......................................................................... 7-3 Power windows ..................................................... 2-76 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch......................................................... 2-50 Rear window wiper blade.............................. 8-17 Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-48
Wiper blades ............................................................. 8-16 Wiper and washer switch ..................................... 2-48
11-7
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
GAS STATION INFORMATION
FUEL INFORMATION:
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (AntiKnock Index) number (Research octane number 91).
CAUTION
. Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect warranty coverage.
. Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.
. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
. Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indicate MMT content, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details. Note that Federal and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline.
. U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
For additional information, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2).
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:
See "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.10-2) for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.
COLD TIRE PRESSURES:
The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar. For additional information, see "Wheels and tires" (P.8-29).
NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicle use, follow the recommendations outlined in the "Break-in schedule" (P.5122) of this Owner's Manual. Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle.
Printing : July 2021 Publication No.: OM21E0 0J11U2
Printed in the U.S.A.
J11-D
Acrobat Distiller 20.0 (Windows)